Home

RAE-5 CELLULAR PHONE/ PERSONAL DIGITAL ASSISTANT

1. O O 856 793 8541 718 7402 7403
2. Vine Vrxrf Vina 2 1008 8514 2320546 16200171x2 oe 905 3 3 Vtcxo Vehp Vsynte 27 505 2320546 82848 wed 25 8 58 R510 RUE 58 288 i 4 Pad amp 5 07 veg ci I 1 5 BC848W
3. 8056 C053 S S 005 88 posue C052 05 5 6051 ROSE 5 Fa C150 R150 8 _ ES 5 SM 5 Eb Se 05 mus COHEN m C152 5 57 p um 53 D C104 R050 015 C157 5 50 18 ___ gt E 0094 25 C094 gt C095 a m E 2 6107 D Q 4 R158 pg amp o 1 _ V160 2 LU S E Em 020
4. 1504 752 i M ze ele T NIO 25 fe 5 25 eo oe 0550 2 55 ae 799 BIS als S 5 z Ro eR 1201 8 2 2 791 C713 pe C630 R744 2800 um eS 0050 LO R743 5 8802 ols eig L1 e ce 8 Vee R807 X400 R749 ool 807 N104 Ue UM 2 802 801 RITI gde nis 5 D354 7671 Ee _ 1600 8 7600 96 6612 E V301 c 5 8 5 3E R300 ALS Ts 755 x E R454 c e eo p C785 deu es Sos eee 18451 moss 5455 120 gt C122 R460 lt gt 471 501 S C102 C308 C463 xen C314 D353 R108 B100 Tug ag e 0350 45271 450 15 me E 21002 125 6206 ME 7 ZUM 12 6352 16 AP m RHET BRE C23
5. 09 14 Issue 1 04 2002 5 Technical Documentation Circuit Diagram of KL8_05 IRDA version 0 0 Edit 167 IR ARAG Issue 1 04 2002 VB 2050 2053 eRe TFOUS182 TRS 100 447 2320805 2312243 IRED A N CND 2 2 2 2 2 IRED C 1 TXD 0 TEDI 4 RXD 5 SD Mode 6 Not assembled Ee INC C054 C52 C53 lt GND m 417 220 100n 2 o 2312243 2320544 2320805 2320544 Close Ves pin GND GND RAE 5 9 Schematic diagrams Ll external components close to transceiver Page 09 15 5 Technical Documentation Circuit Diagram of KL8_05 memories Version 0 0 Edit 106 FLASHAd 22 1 FLASH CTRL 9 0 FLASHDa CT5 05 SDRAMAdC13 00L 3 SDRAM CTRL CG 00L 3 3 SDRAMDa
6. NO 5 on ua Q 59 e 6 ee ES R E FEET S RT 1 5 x lt as 42 gt V V L e 2 fal ae X 5 E 0 5 V 8 K lt iom i EGSM EGSM a PCN External NEN 1 s Internal antenna Page 3 46 Mechanical switch Figure 13 RAE 5 RF block diagram Eccc c Issue 1 04 02 EGSM SAW 5 RAE 5 Technical Documentation 3 RF System Module KL8 Frequency synthesizer VCO frequency is locked with PLL into stable frequency source which is a VCTCXO module The VCTCXO is running at 26 MHz The residual tempera ture drift Doppler and initial inaccuracy effects are compensated with AFC automatic frequency control voltage The AFC locks the into fre quency of the base station PLL is located in HAGAR RF IC and is controlled via serial bus from MADLin
7. Linda HWID K3110 KL8 05 memories GT28F640W18T70 02212 016 085 DiskOnChip At 1 FLAd o 4341249 C3 o 12 2 08 2 05 3 Ca 3 cS Ne 4 B8 FLASHM 4 16 4 Nc LB 5 8 5 CT LB vee 6 87 VCORE 5 07 a 1 A7 1 A Ne LFE for E5 and F4 8 t7 For A4 G4 8 DE 1048575 wr 9 2 5 F7 LHS 18 B2 10 E4 ne LIS 364_ _ 0365 L 1 C C358 C356 2320778 ne 15 n n 12 M 1048575 1005 185 12 B 2320805 2320778 13 BI 2320805 13 F3 i ne 55 14 ci LEND 14 ne LE LEND 15 02 15 ne 16 0 VCORE 0353 E VCORE 17 NC 1 86 end 06 434 220 Per EG send rs 18 AG NC LI 20 ne 2 C362 C363 3 LL C366 C370 amp 22 C3 2 dn 10n 8 nelle Tan 8 CLE 84 7 7 enn 5 m _ ___2 251 2 H2 nu C4 5 FLRPX B5 FLVPP 3 I2 0E pu 64 VCORE 3 OF or 4 674 pu 1 Not assembled 5 H7 RSTIN Du D2 1 WPX DE wp WAIT 23 F2 100 nu E2 1430754 q SL D3 E 460 caet Busy 04 8 Fi
8. 10 5 RAE 5 PAMS 10 Parts Lists Technical Documentation Exploded Diagram Parts List Mechanical assembly parts 0261997 Exploded View 6 Phone keymat 9794032 8 o 26 Chassis assembly 9547013 RF SystemModule KL9 27 Backup battery 4700125 28 32 Audio holder assembly 9467044 Earpiece 5140067 Earpiece gasket 9480565 Battery latch assembly 9467045 Connector Connector QWERTY Flex Module 018 0201667 Colour UI Module DL1 with LCDs 0201784 Colour UI Module UL2 without LCDs 0201785 Page 10 6 Issue 1 02 02 5 Technical Documentation Parts Lists Engine Module KL8 EDMS v 3 3 ITEM CODE DESCRIPTION R001 1430804 Chipres 0 06 100k R002 1430778 Chipres Ow06 10k R003 1430726 Chipres 0 06 100r R004 1430726 Chipres Ow06 100r R005 1430726 Chipres Ow06 100r R006 1430762 Chipres 0 06 2 2 j R007 1825019 Chip varistor vwm5 6v vc R050 1412279 Chipres Ow1 2r2j R052 1412279 Chipres 0 1 2r2j R053 1412279 Chipres Ow1 2r2j R055 1412279 Chipres 2r2j R101 1419003 Chipres 5 0 22 j 200 R102 1430778 Chipres 0 06 10k R104 1430804 Chipres Ow06 100k R105 1430804 Chipres Ow06 100k R107 1430796 Chipres Ow06 47k R108 1430804 Chipres Ow06 100k j R109 1430726 Chipres Ow06 100r R111 1430770 Chipres Ow06
9. B All signals in the 1st layer No copper to the 2nd layer opening The 3rd lager is GND RAE 5 Schematic diagrams UL1 06 Leave at least CND free area around 22 and antenna pad VBB Ground openings on all layers below antenna pad X004 5420035 S cot Lj 407 407 6 VBB CMT LCD B2B connector E006 is 3x3mm pad for antenna connect ion 2312243 2320554 GND E885 BED lt fo CDE 4 8 0 8004 GenSDIn 7 COLD CND CND 5 8 1 cota coos cot GenSCLk 6 11 1825014 47 407 56 5 GND CND GND gt 2 Antenna connect ion Col3 X901 5469819 Col 4 R003 4001 1 C001 C002 4 7 J002 2 CDDa1 1 100n 100 1438122 J003 amp 2320779 4 Cha GND GND GND GND Keypads 1805 5 3 J008 E 7 Rang m g CDDa4 4
10. Yes Osellinscope at Spectrumanalyzer Spectrumanalyzer Signal 350MV P P No p Change generator ve LNA Out L646 No 1st PCN SAW out at 2620 No PON LNo DC offset 1 1V level to 50 dBm C647 3 B6dBm at Frequency 67 7kHz C645 RF out 39 dBm Yes Yes Yes Oscilloscope EEN INA Pad aav No VRX 2 7V VLNA 2 7V Check Hagar serial interface Yes Yes Oscilloscope Yes 2 0V at R640 LNo 1 9 at 8645 2 Yes If DC offset is missing check powering and solders Y Spectrumanalyzer T630 unbal 43 dBm Yes Oscilloscope VRX 2 7V Check Hagar serial interface Yes Issue 1 02 02 Figure 111 8 113 RAE 5 PAMS 8 Troubleshooting Technical Documentation 5 2 1 PCN Signal Path For easy error tracing it is important to know the signal path of the PCN receiv er The components can be grouped into blocks and drawn as shown below UNMS 5 2 2 Figure 112 PCN RX signal path RX TX Switch From the internal antenna connector X499 the RF signal is lead to the RX TX switch Z670 via a mechanical switc
11. Boso edel edes te Loci PS DA SEE Merc EXE SEU dari 5 4 LEER a eens 9 ToS jo ds 4 4 A M aana a iene Bu prn ih 70 450 150 Figure 37 Page 7 38 Issue 1 04 02 5 RAE 5 Technical Documentation 7 Service Software Instructions Initial set up PCN Select Product Alt p Band b PCN p Select Testing Alt e RF Controls r A window now pops up Figure 38 RF Controls Figure 38 Set Active unit to TX Set TX Data Type to Cont1 Click Apply Click Close and continue to next section Issue 1 04 02 Page 7 39 RAE 5 PAMS 7 Service Software Instructions Technical Documentation IQ Tuning using Spectrum Analyzer EGSM Spectrum Analyzer Settings Use an appropriate attenuator 10 or 20dB insertion loss and set the Reference Level Offset according to insertion loss from the phone to the Spectrum Analyz er Set the Spectrum Analyzer according to the following settings Parameter Phone Settings Connect the phone to the computer and to the Spectrum Analyzer Using WinTesla to select the following Product Band EGSM This selects the EGSM band Then select the following Testing RF Controls Page 7 40 Issue 1 04 02 5 RAE 5 Technic
12. Pads MIC connect ion JAMP_SHDN L RXREF VCOBBA R200 Linda HWID K3110 108 47k 1438196 VB_CCONT VAMP 8 05 audio rfi R202 Agno a 1 1439762 R204 R205 R203 eae gt HE ADDET 1430681 co l i VBB 202 1 2220805 GND 4 Close to CCONT MadLinda C203 C204 C208 C205 1430796 470 210 10 S 221001 R207 2320544 CND CND gt HOOKDET VES R208 143071
13. vecy om 287 VCCY 1430832 DY_A vasa 2051 XSET 188355 100 4110601 1430726 2052 voy a 2053 vec 7 vecy 47 10 74 32 1430779 1430187 21 8 vost M vase 2058 9 4 V055 8054 1 155355 2040 gt 1 3 156255 2320785 2055 110615 cast 190R 2 Per PH 220 1439726 pase 2202 50V eg 1430734 PIE 57 57 C052 47 0051 5 2320568 gt 470 TC7SLOAFU T sov E 1 2058 2057 vase nornal 57 57 2 4 5586 TY 47 e a C054 V053 i 593557 Vb DA204U YSCL_A nornal 57 57 R053 4 VCCY vec mes 6 ROGO FRY TEMP TC7SLO4FU 2 220R vec vec vec 2h vec vec 1 ROGI 2062 2 3 14 VCCY 15 T V5Y 2 cosa vass A V054 Wr 47 2208 47 UMZ1 R063 5 VCCY 155255 0958 232878 4219922 33 3 V5Y 74 32 1430792 R064 13 gt 1 ROSE E f SET 2865 cassi 4940451 100R 33k 100k C056 220 1430792 1430804 pets MEE 057 FB i 14zVCCY vasa 6 7 5 RB480K TL VDD 2067 Rose 5 144 i 4 476 12k R069 R070 Vas 4 ala 2071 amare 143984 C857 10k 33k L A n vos2 vost 1438778 1439792 vec bel 1430754 BSH201 85524 RB72 2320785 2092 A cass 4211239 2 2 4211202 47k 33k 1430187 GND GND END 1430792 2074 3 5 EE C058 1 211 CONT p 100P VOSS AN ET 417 ROTS 2072 7 2 T
14. gt 3 0 4 8V VBATT VB CCONT IV IN Liot VCOBBA VREF ne 42R 100MHz 1 1 1 5489175 L100 88 T Aran C101 288 1 Te CON 23 98 CCONT pind E m from CHAP NS cao ES ai 5 2312243 0622 CCONT2M Wu gt VREF 4 f E CHAPS NEEDS HEATSINK o ptes ____ wil Sw PAS 8 232054 WI 3 04 vei_sw _F4 n sil clin 437060 1 DI entvre 2 gt RE i ae 2 yot Pwr 82 VSYN_2 p A2 RSENSE C1 __ 4 VR4 VCH RSENSE Dt VB_CCONT C3 CNTVRS ves E VRX A4 MOTELE 02 pin is not ADC It s supply __ vre gt VSYN 1 22 wads s veer D4 gt F2 PWM ICHAR VR7BASE ciae 0 1 n 52_ exon GNU end ond GNU ond VBACK 5 near pins D5 ___ F4 LIM Al C gt HEADNFT ap PURX 82 GND C MODE SEL gt GND 05 CCONTINT B4 GND 02 G8__ SIM_PWR gt 85 GND 03
15. en eed d Roca DEO e 6 21 View of SCB 3 6 21 Service Cable SCH 8 6 21 6 21 View of SCH 8 6 21 Power ACH 6 6 22 Prod ct Code i ios daa dare d bee ha d ER d 6 22 Views of ACH 6 6 22 SW Security Device 1 6 23 Prod ct TT TT 6 23 View of SW Security Device 6 23 Modular T adapter 6 23 Prod ct COE 6 23 View of Modular T adapter 6 23 Assembly MJS 78 6 24 Product 6 24 View of Assembly Jig 6 24 Soldering Jig MJS 61 6 25 Product nen unwed 6 25 6 4 Issue 1 04 02 5 RAE 5 Technical Documentation 6 Service Tools Module Jig MJS 14 The module jig MJS 4 is used for RAE 5 module testing and repairing There are slots for each module in the jig The jig includes connections for charger power supply external RF audios and FBUS MBUS Slots for Memory card and SIM card are also included This equipment is
16. 3 9 Technical Summary of System Part 3 10 Block Diagram 3 11 Electrical Characteristics 3 12 PU SE ed dee 3 12 System Connector 3 13 Batiery Connector 5 RS ERE 3 14 Backup battery 3 15 SIM card connector 3 15 MMC 3 16 Infrared interface 3 16 UlSignals 3 17 System RF interface 3 21 Functional Description 3 24 Modes OF 3 24 Clocking Scheme 3 24 Power Control and Reset 3 25 Power DISIbilllk eoa n mti trate 3 25 Power 3 27 Power Of 3 27 i A TRECE decur Resets and Watchdogs 3 28 System to interface 3 30 CPU DIOCK osa dos BR e SOR oro Rab i 3 30 MEMORIES BICC ecc gh o 3 30 Memories 3 30 SDRAM Memory
17. Eld 2124145 _ 5259 2252 158 9 psg 44319 NI 2 ELL 341406 pug EE er 8 B 8 o pup z 2 a is o Gi 501 0000 9 God 6 5 5 0105090 hoy SWLP 8 8 8 gn 19549 Lnod 999 99 ddA 14 L 1 520 1 gnoy Iar 9 i 020215 04 188168 aga 00171 b 88 pnod 116371 nWooaas gnog 10 ejegxaoov 9g 7400805 zno 8 T 5 ino I 0 62M03 1541 5 2805 gno m 5 xsvaaas 14619 2 gt 50 62103 390805 8192 8 10 JOSUUOD jeued 19205 159 005 5190805 9169 ba 8 P 190305 o zi XS21N022 2190305 P199 z3 LO ASULNUS SIN 2190905 599 a 50805 11N8A ddAni m IN 1190808 00 5 01 2001 ol Si 6120808 1199 v eueuj 6 SIT 590305 0190 55 8 es PA L 1 ES 9 gT 990306 5 590405 E HE 9500424 b gig 90305 5 5 5 EXE 90405 Seal emer m 60 12015 39 290805 s s 5 5 E 0 LY TAI HSY ld AIS 2 190809 28 oe 0 01S HS V1 33S EN va sson 21 8 EIE d 917 0182015 HS V14 33S 51500 2 51 VN3S HSV14 1 1835
18. 3 31 DOC 3 31 MMG DIOK raster ed dd 3 32 IRDA DIOCK MR Tp 3 32 UI DIOCK hans 3 32 Phone LCD Interface 3 32 Keyboard Interface 3 32 Earpiece and HF Speaker lines 3 33 Battery removal signal 3 33 SYSCON Nero 3 33 Serial connections 3 34 External Audio 1 3 34 Charger Interface 3 34 Issue 1 04 02 Page 3 3 RAE 5 PAMS 3 RF System Module KL8 Technical Documentation od baker 3 35 POWER s Dd tc Wee 3 35 Use of CCONT ADC channels 3 36 AUDIO 3 36 Fl PRENNE 3 37 Audio hw co sense didt eti 3 37 205525505024 Y ede x 3 39 Maximum a 3 39 RF frequency plan 3 39 DG characteristics 3 39 se SE gie cene apis urea diera ee 3 39 Control 3 40 4 7 regulator in VOP line 3 41 Power di
19. 12 7 Memory 5 64 12 8 iua dada ar 12 8 View Of DTS 64 12 8 Portable Accessories 12 9 Audio Headset 81 12 9 Product Code 12 9 View 12 9 Mobile Charger LCH 9 12 10 Product Code 12 10 View 9 12 10 Carry Case 12 11 Product Code 12 11 View 44 12 11 Office Use Accessories 12 12 Desktop Stand 10 12 12 Product Code 12 12 View 10 12 12 Fast Travel Charger ACP 9 12 13 Data Cable 2 12 13 Advanced Handsfree Car Installation Kit CARK109 12 14 Advanced Active Car Holder CRM 1 12 15 Prod ct Code 12 15 View 1 12 15 Swivel Mount 5 13 12 16 Code Re
20. NU gt CARDDET 2 OND MES PANEL C1 0 4211251 0 BST 1 Used prefixes R X V L B P D J Component refs 100 199 Issue 1 04 2002 Page 09 18 5 Technical Documentation Circuit Diagram of KL8 05 User interface Version 0 0 Edit 83 RAE 5 9 Schematic diagrams Linda HWID K3110
21. ome RAE 5 9 Schematic diagrams VB VBB V200 wr 201 LWYSTS m LWYSTS m bath 4860301 199 UMX1 11k 1430907 V199 ng a Another transistor has been 4 1 390 gt used on PDA backlight sheet 2320550 V202 T 202 UMX1 GND GND R202 2 49994 9 wA UMXI 220R 3 6 1430734 R203 1430695 _ DISPLAY VB V203 V204 V205 V206 201 wp V208 V209 V210 140983 LuQ983 140982 x 140982 409837 1409837 409837 409837 4864531 4 1 1 4 4 1 4 7 yum E 212 212 V213 V213 V214 V214 a 2 BU Jum gt 2 pih A 2 3 6 6 3 6 3 6 3 R205 560R 1 R208 R209 L 420700 10 10 10R GND GND KEYPAD Issue 1 04 2002 Page 09 7 5 Technical Documentation Circuit Diagram of UL1_07 PDA backlight Version 0 0 Edit 40 o 120 199 RAE 5 9 Schematic diagrams UL1_06
22. A D conversion CHARGER 1 y detection PWM output AND BATTERY INTERRUPT CHARGER Serial data in out SENSING SERIAL DATA MADLinda IC Figure 5 Block diagram of charge control in RAE 5 Resets and Watchdogs Power up reset signal PURX is the main reset in RAE 5 PURX is generated by CCONT during power on The watchdog within CCONT is enabled and must be fed periodically to keep CCONT and whole device powered on signal is connected to MADLinda s reset input PURX Figure 6 shows the board module level reset scheme in RAE 5 Page 3 28 Issue 1 04 02 5 RAE 5 Technical Documentation 3 RF System Module KL8 SIMRST HAGARRSTX CCONT SimCardRstX CCONT WATCHDOG ExtSysResetX LCDRSTX UI conn To CMT LCD Controller Figure 6 Board Module level reset scheme resets the whole MADLinda ExtSysResetX signal follows PURX activity during reset After reset this signal can be configured as IO and thus controlled by SW with MPUGenOut8 control bit The LCD driver reset signal 5 is a MADLinda general purpose output controlled by MPU SW Flash memory interface in Traffic Controller s MEMIF block includes Flash re set power down signal FLRPX FLRPX signal follows PURX activity during re set After reset this signal can be controlled by MPU SW Signal is connected to XIP Flashes MADLinda s SIM interface block generates the reset sig
23. VB L150 V150 L gt PDALEDS STPS05207 C 3644308 4110441 V151 7 84 813 PUE VB C150 C151 C152 100 39 407 411181 pu p 2320805 2320550 2312415 231001 5358 RO R150 CND _ GND GND GND 10k 1430778 5 V152 N150 fs BSH201 2621 Nou 4211238 U U D D 1 54128 G lt V153 2Z EN Boot 1 LCD_PWR 2SK3019 TL Tus 0016 5 C155 RIS C156 SeND 5 100n 10k 100n 2320805 1430718 2320805 4341155 GND GND GND GND R153 L 1 120k 1430810 C157 C158 39 100n 2320550 2320805 GND GND LED1 3 ED4 6 C159 jae R155 1420720 680R 2320805 7 1430748 D R156 C vico GND 18k 4211251 1430786 5 VCC 7 RIST V199 R158 gt Ww umxi Another transistor has been sy 3l 188 4219904 used on KBLICHTS sheet eo 18R 5 LMV321M7X 1430760 n 2320618 1430157 mie alle 4340861 GND GND 2159 18R 1430157 GND Page 09 8 Issue 1 04 2002 5 Technical Documentation Parts Placement Diagram of UL1_07 1 2
24. 5 SASOUA Tig 9129205 SASQ0 3198 T SIH SASGOA 13 2 9 62 1419 HSV 1H faa MSS zig Sasam sa M 4 5 V1VOS 223PYHSY7 Sig LPvads 714004 S 45 45 i 5 vu CLiee PYHSV 13 S Eli 9 5 8 CQ EO HIMIS 514 _ eoo bo lt gt TUIS 724305 20010 22 HSV13 814 19 E CO Sig epvaus 811010 1 5 E gt 0 92 71919 38 19 0 9 14127 305 92 805 g LNT 9084 O1Wad 3128494 SEP Ein 3 450 Fd ADEA 2 gt j BLLOEbL 9190 1424 X 919 xaWod bla 80 Wvaas QE 2 0 46 AOL 8 gt X1S3v8802 j Le 1408 10 coer VTEUXSJOY 218084 0 4022 sousew u fijuo 141091591 4 450 9727110299450 88
25. Current consumption Input frequency range Lower band input 925 960 Upper band input 1805 1880 Voltage Gain 69 73 77 trough to AF input 60 E34 LO 4 feed through to RF input dBm Maximum output range Offset of DCN2 amplifier m Transmitter blocks IQ modulator and TX AGC HAGAR IC Table 29 Total Transmitter Parameters GSM PCN Supply Voltages OC output 2 7 2 78 2 86 Output Frequency GSM 915 Output Frequency PCN 1710 1785 Linear Output Power 100 ohm load GSM Linear Output Power 100 ohm load PCN Issue 1 04 02 Page 3 51 5 5 3 RF System Module KL8 Technical Documentation Table 30 Parameters Minimum Input frequency depends external capacitor if AC coupled Maximum Input frequency 300 Input Level balanced input 1 Baseband Input Resistance balanced 10 Baseband Input Capacitance balanced 20 Input Common mode Voltage 1 1 2 1 25 EGSM TX saw filter Table 31 Electrical specifiations Tamb 10 80 deg C Passband 880 915 Attenuation DC 800 MHz 17 19 25 50 Memundwekwd Diplexer Table 32 Electrical specifiations Parameter Frequency range GSM input Frequency range
26. 11 15 Issue 1 04 02 Page 11 3 RAE 5 PAMS 11 Disassembly and Service Instructions Technical Documentation Disassembly instructions Figure 1 Remove the cover label from the front cover assembly Figure 2 Remove the 2 pcs screws from the front cover assembly Page 11 4 Issue 1 04 02 5 RAE 5 Technical Documentation 11 Disassembly and Service Instructions Figure 3 Remove the front cover assembly from the Screen frame Figure 4 Remove the CMT keymat from the UI module Issue 1 04 02 Page 11 5 RAE 5 PAMS 11 Disassembly and Service Instructions Technical Documentation Figure 6 Remove the coaxial cable from the UI PWB Page 11 6 Issue 1 04 02 5 RAE 5 Technical Documentation 11 Disassembly and Service Instructions Figure 8 Remove the UI module from the Screen frame Issue 1 04 02 Page 11 7 RAE 5 PAMS 11 Disassembly and Service Instructions Technical Documentation Figure 9 Remove the 4 plugs from the Back cover assembly Figure 10 Remove the card cover from the Back cover assembly Page 11 8 Issue 1 04 02 5 RAE 5 Technical Documentation 11 Disassembly and Service Instructions Figure 11 Remove the 6 screws from the back cover assembly Figure 12 Remove the back cover assembly from the frame Issue 1 04 02 Page 11 9 RAE 5 PAMS 11 Disassembly and Service Instructions Technical Documentation Figure 13 Remove
27. M 500 Chi X 490mV 15 Jan 2001 s mva 13 25 26 Figure 47 signal at J309 Tek MOMS 100 Acqs 8 0000kHz Unstable histogram width 1 9245 Unstable histogram C1 Duty 1 52 Unstable histogram 25 05 Chi 7 490mV 15 2001 13 21 22 Figure 48 signal at J306 Issue 1 02 02 Page 8 63 RAE 5 PAMS 8 Troubleshooting Technical Documentation Tek 10 0MS s t 36 Acqs 1 S00mvO Chi X 750mV 23 Jan 2001 14 56 01 Figure 49 PCMRxData signal at J308 Tek 10 0MS s t 12 Acqs 1 Ms 00us Chi X 750mV 23 Jan 2001 15 01 02 Figure 50 PCMTxData signal at J307 PCMTxData signal at J307 Figure 50 This signal comes from the other end s microphone or audio playing software voice recorder video player etc and is targeted for the earpiece or hands free speaker There should be activity during a call Signal rise and fall times are around 4 7ns Idle state is low Page 8 64 Issue 1 02 02 5 RAE 5 Technical Documentation 8 Troubleshooting 2 19 Audio troubleshooting 2 19 1 Both Mic and Earpiece PHF faulty MIC and Earpiece PHF faulty Check asus at cap C208 HOOKDET without external audio devices HOOKDET Check 2 8V R206 and R207 C208 Check voltage at cap C202 HEADDET without external audio devices OK NO HEADDET Check 2 8V
28. and VMMC regula tors and the audio amplifier are powered with main battery voltage Main bat tery voltage is also fed to RF part for RF power amplifier PA and to the UI module for backlight and LCD supply Separate linear regulator generates the 2 8V VBB power supply VBB powers most of the system HW portions including MADLinda SDRAM DOC and Serial Flash memories COBBA GJP s digital supply and the logic parts of the IR transceiver It also supplies 2 8V to the UI module Separate DC DC regulator generates the 1 8V Vcore voltage Vcore is used as supply for the MADLinda and XIP memory core voltage and as IO voltage for XIP and DOC memories CCONT s V2V output is used as enable for VBB and Vcore regulators VSIM regulator of CCONT is used to generate either 3V or 5V supplies for SIM card This is required so that RAE 5 can support both 3V and 5V SIM cards VR6 generates the voltage for COBBA GJP s analogue part CCONT generates the reference voltage VREF for COBBA GJP and HAGAR It also generates the 5V supply voltage V5V for RF In RF side there is sepa rate regulator that drops this voltage to 4 7V for DCT4 RF use Regulators VR1 to VR5 inside CCONT generate voltages for RF HW Regulator control signals come from MADLinda Separate 3V linear regulator is used to power the MMC card Another linear regulator is used to generate accessory power that can be fed through system connector for external accessory
29. 7 33 2 7 33 FON 7 35 TRS TURING tobe ucc 7 37 Common tuning procedure 7 38 Initial set up PON 7 39 IQ Tuning using Spectrum Analyzer 7 40 zc 7 40 Issue 1 04 02 Page 7 3 RAE 5 PAMS 7 Service Software Instructions Technical Documentation Spectrum Analyzer Settings 7 40 PHONG Settings ocs assa genia abnor bean 7 40 T P 7 45 Spectrum Analyzer Settings 7 45 Phone Settings 7 45 Energy Management EM Calibration 7 50 Equipment Setup for Energy Management calibration 7 50 Energy Management Calibration procedure 7 51 Page 7 4 Issue 1 04 02 5 RAE 5 Technical Documentation 7 Service Software Instructions Service Software General Wintesla software is used to perform service functions of the RAE 5 PDA This SW consists of Wintesla service software and product specific DLL s Dynamically Linked Libraries To run WinTesla SW a parallel port software protection device PKD 1 must be connected to the PC to perform flashing functions If only controls are nec essary RAE 5 can be controlled using equipment setup described in the Win Tesla RS chapter
30. 01 VDA4 AUxoUT 04 2320572 C3 VDAS Close to N201 TxIPhsN _ REND 84 __ 64 xIPhsl 7 C8 vpn2 TxQPhsN 2 gt TXIN TxOPhsP 65 gt FE PData Q VCOBBA VSA2 PData 1 L TXQN PData 2 gt E2 vsA4 PDat a 3 TXQP fea 02 5 PData 4 tno 5 4 55 8 vss2 Not assembled voL C244 2215 Near 200 CAAT 28899 Near 200 fer 2320544 Not assembled i m Plated through hole _ a E200 RX IP AGND Handmade connect ion CNO XMIC SGND 8215 gt 40010 3 0 4708 R218 mE m 1430744 10R 00 27 1430768 xk C225 2310037 2320546 R16 AGND faa AGND AGND MICP 5 Reig 2328805 10R C228 C228 ___ 1430700 33n RIN 2k2 R217 2320783 _ _ _ 2320783 1430762 15k 1 CND OND C230 R220 1430784 281 22 ES CN 4 To same VIA MICN EMIFO1 1000545 22 pag c VEDI V202 168n C234 2220 C236 4113611 27 2320546 276 22p 6837 Eee Used prefixes R C P V Z o DW R OE Py V 7 E To same VIA aa To same VIA Component refs 200 299 Close to MIC Close to gt Close to connect or Issue 1 04 2002 Page 09 13 RAE 5 9 Schematic diagrams PAMS Technical Documentation 0 0 Edit 167 ion Vers f KL8
31. 7 7 Installing the software PC Hard Disk 7 7 Common Properties of the User Interface 7 8 Login Dialog 1522 aeu abe te 7 8 Main WINdOW 7 9 7 9 Software upgrade guide 7 10 Equipment Setup instructions 7 10 p the Meee eee 7 11 Setting up BUS Configuration for WinTesla 7 11 Programming with WinTesla Interface f 12 WinTesla Interface 7 12 Before ProgramMmMiING 22 ache cede 7 12 Programming procedure 7 12 image 7 12 Installing All Nokia 92XX data XX SIS package 7 18 Troubleshooting for the 9210 SW upgrade 7 20 Wintesla TUNING EROS 7 22 RF tuning after repairs 7 22 Equipment Setup for RF Tuning without Removing Covers 7 23 RX Calibration gt Des reps ERE xa RPTE 7 24 RX Filter Calibration Automatic 7 27 RX AM Suppression automatic 7 29 EGSM MEC 7 29 bd sud 7 31 TX Power Tuning
32. R203 R202 R200 C201 C202 Check frequency at J309 during a call 520kHz square wave 2 8Vpp ref fig 53 Faulty N200 COBBA Check frequency at J306 refer to section 2 17 during a in this document NO Faulty N200 COBBA Figure 51 Issue 1 02 02 8 65 RAE 5 PAMS 8 Troubleshooting Technical Documentation Tek 100M5 5 C1 Freq 520 08kHz CI Width FM X COMES 1 00045 C1 Duty 52 0 500mVo 500ns Chi 490mV 15 Jan 2001 13 25 26 Figure 52 PCDClk Tek ne m 100 Acqs C1 Freq 8 0000kHz Unstable IE edes ls ils histogram 1 Width TX 1 9245 Unstable histogram Duty 1 52 96 Unstable M25 0us Chi 7 490 15 2001 13 21 22 Figure 53 PCMSCIk 8 66 Issue 1 02 02 5 RAE 5 Technical Documentation 8 Troubleshooting 2 19 2 Mic faulty Check microphone and mic connections to PWB Check digital PCM data atU308 PCMRxData during a Call Faulty N200 COBBA Refer to COBBA control interface troubleshooting Check voltages V202 1 1 8V V202 pin 3 0 17V during a call Voltages Check R222 R218 231 224 230 DC voltage at C234 C235 Mbias at R222 14V during Y 2 1V during call Voltages OK Check analog aud
33. AFC R751 8833 L VCTCXO 702 1430734 26MHz 1438788 100p 4510261 C236 Pres aa Th C800 KTI6 KEU2TL 26 900 2 2320545 DCiSD14040001A s Not assembled Bue 326568 lt 302 _ t me type 3 PoutGSM 3 28 gee 2320620 7 S PoutDCS i 2 24 jl B2 Dut i P in 3 z i EP Fa LNA2 mixer DTOS EM 5 3 5 vaai 7 E E 7140 ee Coup ern 3 vaa Pin 8 2320546 5 z 27 4 8754 C758 2 7671 H 2320548 58 e 27 2300540 3640421 1508 1430718 GND_PIN gaj g 450067 3 lt 4 52 jw 2551013 4350203 a 3 H 3 43055 T 2 128 2320508 Hi grat 358 gas amp Ades s Dividers LO buffers prescaler VCO T E sja 150R LDB20C201A1800 Not assembled 150R Vsynte SP Z 2 B aux in CoP ee 3 RI4SLp Wide connection 1499 38 9208 22 z 1786 G SAS 1506 ja 5 1430730 below component R830 R753 Sj 1430710 m VSYN 2 4n7H CG310o S8 EZ gt wc gt Vdd bb LNA 15 962 veal 2320536 22R 55 2320514 2320520 58 wo 2e 28 C755 753 754 oe R730 202 271p 10n ae 2310793 2320778 sooxs7a M E700 702 703 1430746 23
34. DISPON LCDDa3 ee 5 uomo e s korm e own e __ e comm T _ __ sen LCDEN 47 EARN Jn eee LCDRSTX FLVPP VPROG VBB LCDM es m com cos Er com y cos feo come n gw e 28 VB 63 RowS5LCDCD 29 VB 64 Row4 30 GND 65 BackPWM Row5LCDCD Col4 GND se 6 10 Issue 1 04 02 5 RAE 5 Technical Documentation 6 Service Tools Flash Prommer FPS 8 Sales Pack The Flash Prommer FPS 8 is used to update the main software of the phone Updating is done by first loading the new MCU software from the PC to the flash prommer and then loading the new SW from the prommer to the phone When updating more than one phone in succession the MCU software only needs to be loaded to the prommer once The FPS 8 sales pack 0080321 includes Item Service accessory Type Product code 1 Flash Prommer FPS 8 0750123 2 AC DC Adapter FRIWO 0680032 3 D9 D9 Cable AXS 4 between PC and FPS 8 0730090 4 Printer Cable 0730029 5 Installation software for FPS 8 The following add
35. 1086 1 1 16v 62 5 ES 2320803 GND 9 DATA 3 05 1 63 4 4 2 HE 5 63 3 6 4 I3 7 81 5 OM Os 8 Epid 6 Bee 3 1304 7 18 F5 8 7 11 F4 9 5 4 8 12 05 10 FB H5 13 d 11 F5 J7 J2 CND 14 F2 12 15 FI 15 13 16MB DiskOnChip Flash 14 M Systems TFRBGAG3 11 2 9 2 4 64 5 E1 G6 VCORE 52 08 0 0 64Mbit syne FLASH Intel Whitecliff uBGAS6 7 8 x 9 1 mn FLVPP In production FLVPP is 12V for Intel On the FLEX PWB FLVPP is connected to VPROC through panel connector X390 D C 350 399 Used pref ixes Component refs Page 09 16 RAE 5 9 Schematic diagrams 5 RAE 5 Technical Documentation 9 Schematic diagrams Circuit Diagram of KL8_05 version 0 0 Edit 73 VMMC RO02 100k 10k 5 8V 0 1J ie m 1925014 5460045 4 e 1888 109R end 5 11 Da 1430726 1438726 4 ina 2 CCLI 3 5 MMC CLK 0 5 MMC_GND o MMC_DATA 100R 1430726 coat 100n 2320805 _ 5159001 X882 Soldereble gold pad 2 olderable gold MMC SWITCH mn por L Mechanical switch mechanical part connects pad to GND when MMC SIM card lid is closed d Mu ESDA amp V1BCE coo2 S 100
36. 3618 4 Bp 3688 18244 9992 845 8892 3649 6 3650 8 3652 0 36552 3654 4 36555 3656 8 1734 0 3468 0 1829 0 3658 0 17342 3468 4 18292 3658 4 Page 8 128 Issue 1 02 02 5 RAE 5 Technical Documentation 8 Troubleshooting CH TX RX vco TX 95 36592 3660 4 3662 8 3664 0 18322 3665 2 3666 4 3667 6 3666 8 7398 18348 3670 0 36712 i410 18360 36724 18366 36755 1742 4 3484 8 1837 4 3674 8 1742 6 3485 2 1837 6 3675 2 Issue 1 02 02 8 129 RAE 5 PAMS 8 Troubleshooting Technical Documentation 00 95 36760 36772 3679 6 3680 8 18408 3682 0 18412 36852 1880 3684 4 9952 8426 8652 3685 6 3686 8 36880 3669 2 3690 4 1750 8 3501 6 1845 8 3691 6 1751 0 3502 0 1846 0 3692 0 Page 8 130 Issue 1 02 02 5 RAE 5 Technical Documentation 8 Troubleshooting CH TX RX vco TX 95 3692 8 3694 0 18472 3696 4 3697 6 3696 8 3700 0 37012 37024 37055 3704 8 3706 0 57072 1759 2 3518 4 1854 2 3708 4 1759 4 3518 8 1854 4 3708 8 Issue 1 02 02 Page 8 131 5 5 8 Troubleshooting Technical Documentation CH TX RX VCO TX 95 37055 37108 18555 37132 37144 18574 37155 37165 37180 37182 37204 37215 37228 3
37. PDA display Line pulse PDA display Frame pulse PDA display modulation DISPON PDA display ON Active Input OFF Inactive LCD TEM Connected to Unused ground for color display detection Keypad column 0 0 1 Input Keypad column 1 Input Keypad column 2 Input Keypad column 3 Input Keypad column 4 Input Keypad row 0 Output Row1 Keypad row 1 0 3xVBB Output 7xVBB VBB Row2 Keypad row 2 Row3 Keypad row 3 Issue 1 04 02 Page 4 9 RAE 5 PAMS 4 User Interfaces Technical Documentation PIN Line Sym Parameter in Function Pins bol Row4 Keypad row 4 0 3xVBB Output D 7xVBB VBB LCDPWM PDA LCD Con Input trast control D 7xVBB i BACKPWM PDALCD Back Input light control 7xVBB Antenna clip connector DL2 has antenna clips that are connected to the antenna Line Parame Typical ter Nominal Battery 3 6 ee 8V Ab X1 49 Voltage solute X1 50 maximum X002 connector pinout Row driver features a 10 flex connector Typical Nomi Maximum nal 1 GND LCD driving level for Y driver IC 2 XINH 0 Logic 0 0 2 x VDDY Line sub sampling signal 0 8 x VDDY Logic 1 VDDY for Y driver IC 3 YSCL 0 Logic 0 0 1 x VDDY Shift clock for Y driver IC 0 9 x VDDY Logic 1 VDDY 4 FRY 0 Logic 0 Output control for driver 0 8 x VDDY
38. R112 1430718 Chipres Ow06 47r j R113 1430796 Chipres Ow06 47k R114 1430826 Chipres Ow06 680k R115 1430834 Chipres 0 06 3m3 R116 1430273 Chipres 0 06 44k2 f 100p R118 1430754 Chipres Ow06 1 0 R119 1430423 Chipres Ow06 97k6 f 100p R121 1430778 Chipres 0 06 10k R122 1620025 Res network 0 06 2x100k R123 1430778 Chipres Ow06 10k R124 1430834 Chipres Ow06 3m3 R125 1430726 Chipres Ow06 100r R200 1430796 Chipres Ow06 47k R201 1430681 Chipres Ow06 473 R202 1430762 Chipres Ow06 2k2 R203 1430788 Chipres 0 06 22k R204 1430681 Chipres Ow06 473 R205 1430681 Chipres Ow06 473 R206 1430796 Chipres Ow06 47k R207 1430788 Chipres 0 06 22k R208 1430718 Chipres Ow06 47 R210 1430778 Chipres Ow06 10k Issue 1 02 02 RAE 5 10 Parts Lists VALUE TYPE VC 200 100 100 2x100k Page 10 7 RAE 5 10 Parts Lists R211 R212 R213 R214 R215 R216 R217 R218 R219 R220 R221 R222 R300 R301 R302 R303 R304 R305 R307 R308 R309 R310 R311 R350 R351 R352 R402 R403 R450 R451 R452 R453 R454 R455 R459 R460 R461 R510 R530 R532 R533 R541 R546 R563 R564 R565 R610 R611 1620025 1430778 1430796 1430740 1430700 1430700 1430784 1620031 1430762 1430762 1430681 1430744 1430812 1430722 1430804 1430804 1430804 1430718 1430796 1430796 1430770 1430796 1430778 1430754 1430754 1430754 1825019 1825019 1430738 1430788 1430738 1430738 1430738 182
39. 3 Then use Dealer gt Flash Phone Figure 13 WinTesla joi Product Configure EIE lash Ph Figure 13 Wintesla dialog when the 5 is not running 4 Because user settings cannot be read Wintesla will prompt you Failed to communicate with phone Settings cannot be saved Do you want to continue Answer Yes Page 7 20 Issue 1 04 02 5 RAE 5 Technical Documentation 7 Service Software Instructions Europe NA English WINTESLA RAE 3 32502 750 LPCS V141099 GSMC V141099 FONT TEXT 1241100 AORD V040697 TONE version PLMN V9 00 Figure 14 Wintesla cannot read user settings 5 If Flash authority ID writing fails after flashing Pia ah ates 5 8 may not be activated Europe English El Flash Phone LPCS V141099 GSMC 141099 FONT TEXT 1011200 AORD V040697 version 9 00 Figure 15 Flash authority ID writing failed Issue 1 04 02 Page 7 21 RAE 5 PAMS 7 Service Software Instructions Technical Documentation Wintesla Tuning Prior to any tuning the phone must be initialized Connect the phone to a PC with a DAU 9P cable Start Wintesla Service Software and Select Product Alt p Open RAE 5 Select Product Alt p Initialize Normal Mode F5 RF tuning after repairs Different repairs require different tuning In general it is necessary to determine in which section the repair was d
40. 6 13 Service Kit HOST se 6 14 none 6 14 d ET 6 14 User Guide for uui ues me Ea qu RP 6 15 Connection to Service SW 6 15 Allowed Power Sources 6 15 ADGUE TORING 6 15 Dummy Service Battery BBL 3B 6 16 FrOUUOI Code piel oh 6 16 View of BBL 3 6 16 Dongle Flash Device FLS 4 Sales Pack 6 17 Issue 1 04 02 Page 6 3 RAE 5 PAMS 6 Service Tools Technical Documentation Product Code 6 17 VIEW Gl FRIES TL 6 17 Service Cable SCH 12 6 18 Product Code 6 18 View 12 6 18 09 09 Cable AXS 4 6 19 Prod ct Code s ud snd 6 19 View of AXS 4 6 19 MBUS Cable DAU 9C 6 20 Product Code 6 20 View of 6 20 MBUS Cable 95 6 20 Product 6 20 View OF 905 6 20 DC Cable SGB 3 6 21
41. vsv 7 SLEEPCLK 22 eno 24 4 C8 DATA A H3 vB R106 Notassenbied 3 GND 05 2 SIMRST_A 5 _3 M 2 GND onn E4 3 08 5 4 08 C107 GND GND LES 1 F amp SIM I 0 C 07 477 v101 R105 1430313 100k NC Ne LEI AT__ DATASELX DATA O D7 a 1430884 103 Not assembled AS NC 1 1 0 8 DATA IN DOUT amp 1 _0 S 10u vite ES B1 NC 0 GenStlk 8 DATA CLK SIMCLK O near CCONT oins 2310037 86 ne ne FE 2102 10k qd 9t 2 0867 E4 I PURONX WDDISX e ve E 5 2 2 2 80V 27 Near CHAPS URXL AS Ll N tn BK ES PuM Our B5 cf E IN OUT gia zT C cra CCONTINT B7 gt S 762 13 10V 4 7 05 R109 R104 IN 1207 eno 2320783 CND 2312243 oND SLCLK 100R 1438726 100k 5 7 14 a Fi 143080 zi C VBAT 03 38 e 111 vB_CCONT 0 vgAT F AE GND onp 02 980 5 To RF block VBAT n 1 1 2320805 pum 2312243 2611695 VBATI GND 4 5 1 HS 2 _27__ 31 3 3990837 a E ils 4113655 Lis 1 8V 1 7 1 94 t E Conneckor 5 8 88 ESDAB
42. EEE Den gr 30 bom 300 miz 35 28 17 Hey Figure 45 In the Tx Tuning window press Save and the optimal values are stored the phone The window closes Note The optimal values for TX and Q Offset and Amplitude and Phase Difference vary from phone to phone Page 7 44 Issue 1 04 02 5 RAE 5 Technical Documentation 7 Service Software Instructions PCN Spectrum Analyzer Settings Use an appropriate attenuator 10 or 20dB insertion loss and set the Reference Level Offset according to insertion loss from the phone to the Spectrum Analyz er Set the Spectrum Analyzer according to the following settings 5 Center frequency Frequency span Resolution Bandwidth Video Bandwidth Sweep time Detector type reference level Marker 1 Marker 2 Marker 3 Phone Settings Connect the phone to the computer and to the Spectrum Analyzer Using WinTesla to select the following Product Band PCN This activates the PCN band Then select the following Testing RF Controls Issue 1 04 02 Page 7 45 RAE 5 PAMS 7 Service Software Instructions Technical Documentation A window pops up RF Controls Tom Contl BASE Figure 46 Set TX Data to Cont1 press Apply then press Close The window closes Select the following Tuning Tx A window pops up Start Tuning
43. Figure 21 Page 8 34 Issue 1 02 02 5 RAE 5 Technical Documentation 8 Troubleshooting Tek Single Seq 500 5 5 po M i SDRDa8 J349 S00mv ioons Chi 1 99 V 10 Jan 2001 15 29 22 Figure 22 SDRAM D350 driven data line SDRDa8 J349 Tek Single Seq 500MS s C1 Freq SDRCLK Low signa 4310 amplitud SDRRASX C1 Ampl J312 2 88 V SDRCASX J313 E Ampl SDRWEX unstable J314 histogran hi 2 00V 2 00 V 2 00V Ch4 2 00V 11 25 53 Figure 23 SDRAM signals and levels 1 Issue 1 02 02 Page 8 35 RAE 5 PAMS 8 Troubleshooting Technical Documentation Tek 500 5 5 17 Acqs bpp 1244 Im SDRCLK A cR amplitude 4310 SDRAd6 MET Dee fe e ne n n e d 2 88 V J348 22h E AERA J SDRDQML a 2 Ampl J315 i Unstable SDRCKE pes tee eene ds eene iss histogram J311 C3 Ampl 2 80V Unstable histogram 525 1569 18 2001 13 28 25 Figure 24 SDRAM signals and levels 2 Page 8 36 Issue 1 02 02 5 RAE 5 Technical Documentation 8 Troubleshooting 2 9 4 CMT display backlight blinking 5 times in a loop CMT display backlight blinking 5 times in a loop DiskOnChip fault D353 DiskOnChip ID read test fails To measure signals from D353 the device must b
44. The test functions send test messages from PC to MS and receive results and show them in the PC display The messages to the phone can be sent via DAU 9C cable Note if this software is to be run on laptops the power saving feature MUST be switched off Hardware requirements for Windows 3 1x The recommended minimum hardware standard to run Service Software is any computer which is 386 33 MHz or greater with at least 4 MB of memory and VGA type display 640 x 480 This assumes that only the WinTesla with After Sales Support Modules is active i e other Windows packages are not running in the background Hardware requirements for Windows 95 The recommended minimum hardware standard to run Service Software is any computer which has Pentium processor memory 8 MB and meets HW require ments recommended by Microsoft Software Environment of the Support Modules The Service Software user interface is intended for the following environments Microsoft Windows 3 1x enhanced mode and Windows 95 98 and NT De tailed information about Windows and application usage can be found from the Microsoft Windows Users Guide As an ordinary Windows application the main idea in the user interface is that selections are made with menus push buttons and shortcut keys Selections can be done by using keyboard and or mouse There is always a status bar dis played at the bottom of the main window which contains information about cur rent actions
45. Vin not defined in CCONT specification 5V SIM Card 3V SIM Card 3V 5V SIM Card 3V 5V SIM Card Page 3 15 RAE 5 PAMS 3 RF System Module KL8 Technical Documentation Table 7 SIM Connector X101 Electrical Specifications continued Parameter SIMCLK Vout HIGH 5V SIM Card Vout HIGH 3V SIM Card Vout LOW 3V 5V SIM Card Frequency i 3V 5V SIM Card Trise Tfall 3V 5V SIM Card Series Resistance Supply Voltage Programming voltage Supply Voltage pind and pin3 tied together MMC Connector Table 8 MMC Connector Electrical Specifications Parameter 7 0 Output HIGH V Output LOW V Input HIGH V There is 100kQ Pullup to Input LOW V VMMC in KL8 Series Resistance Q V MMCCIK Output HIGH V NEL NEM Output LOW 0 65 V Frequency 0 Series Resistance powered on 3 0 Supply voltage powered off Current 100 Supply Current MMCCmd Output HIGH Command Response Output LOW Input HIGH There is 10kQ Pullup to Input LOW VMMC KL8 Series Resistance Note There is no pin 1 in connector Not connected in MMC mode SPI mode not supported Infrared interface HP SIR compatible Data rates from 9600bits s to 11 5kbits s Transmitter wavelength min 880nm max 900nm Page 3 16 Issue 1 04 02 5 RAE 5 Technical Documentation 3 RF System Module KL8 UI Signals Table 9 UI Connector Pin Signal Name From To Parameter
46. 171 mA TX active except PA 1092 mA TX active PL5 to 50 ohm All regulators which are connected to HAGAR are enabled simultaneously by SYNTHPWR In different modes the loads are switched on and off using HA GAR s serial bus All control signals are coming from MADLinda and they are 2 8 V logic signals List of the needed supply voltages Table 14 Supply voltages VGTCKO Hagar we e HAGAR VBB LNA s HAGAR TX modulator COBBA VREF 2 HAGAR VB EXT voltage ref _______ HAGAR VREF RX voltage ref TXVGSM HAGAR TXVDCS HAGAR 7 Antenna switch DOSTe00 TXVDET HAGAR Page 3 40 Issue 1 04 02 5 RAE 5 Technical Documentation 3 RF System Module KL8 4 7 V regulator in VCP line The function of the regulator is to be a DC switch The RESET line controls regulator s output and makes sure that there is no Vchp voltage if the reset is active low Issue 1 04 02 3 41 0 70 enss 21 anb uonnquisip 3 7 V BATTERY HAGAR RF IC RX TX parts PLL 1 76 lt 4 Vpc Hagar lt SYNPWR 4 uonnquisip 87 4 eoiuuoe 6 5 RAE 5 Technical Documentation 3 RF System Module KL8 RF cha
47. 6 dBm 1747 6 MHz Spectrum analyzer PA N702 pin 8 power gt 3 dBm 1747 6 MHz YES cont next page Figure 117 Page 8 120 Check Baseband Check Baseband Check Hagar serial interface Hagar Check Synthesizer Hagar Check Diplex filter Z671 Check V801 PA buffer R753 att Issue 1 02 02 5 RAE 5 Technical Documentation 8 Troubleshooting PCN TX troubleshooting continued Use WinTesla to select TX Data Type Random TX power Level 5 Check PA N702 Spectrum analyzer Check Power Control Loop PA N702 pin 4 Check Power 18 dBm 1747 6 MHz Spectrum analyzer Check L502 directional coupler L553 Power 20 dBm 1747 6 MHz RX TX switch 2670 PCN TX OK Figure 118 Issue 1 02 02 Page 8 121 RAE 5 PAMS 8 Troubleshooting Technical Documentation 5 5 Synthesizer There is only one PLL synthesiser generating frequencies for both Rx and Tx in both bands PCN and GSM VCO frequency is divided by 2 or by 4 in HAGAR depending on which band is active General troubleshooting instructions for Synthesizer 5 5 1 5 5 2 Start Wintesla Service Software and Select Product Alt p Band b EGSM e Select Testing Alt e RF Controls r RX Continuous Alt r Cont Mode Ch 60 Alt o 60 In this situation there is possible to measure frequency of 3788 MHz at the out put of the VCO G600 using a spectrum analyzer 26 MHz reference oscillator V
48. CDDa g S 25 E uH sp REFS 199 249 Row3 D TFD Displey power IF 5469155 5 J811 13 Row4 rae E KBLIGHTS 2 12 von p T REFS 250 299 ho DY 4015 17 CDPM 10 4916 18 GenSDIO ERIS VOY ur tte ENAB L J017 20 11 column 7 3 21 2312243 ini 5 o HSYNC driver vCCY 2 vat 2 GND d 23 LESP VSYNC YSCL E m 4021 24 DISPON XINH gt 2012 25 2 096 002 26 a gt 01083 27 1 i DinB2 e za DinB1 CND 285 cal 2 0 DinBO L 2 raw col 0 7 J023 35 1 5 5 amp ois 225 ae Dinc gt 2 CDDa 3 4 2825 34 CDDa18 10 4027 35 11 GND 356 10 Dink 010 fo 37 19 asc aD LCD_DATAC11 0 5 DinRI 011 Dinko 5 M 2 SCLK row XSCL 18 41 row 2 driver 15 2 i 006 12 ae 5 FPVEE 001 ia o 002 5 44 CND 12 452 14 4 093 1 me rowbl CDCD 9 J030 48 5 col s 4 0 VBB vec fe a 4031 29 f vasi boa 7 50 FDCG323L 021 5 5 4211391 5 rows 4 0 2001 VERBP D2 vDD 100k vi Vout 3 1888804 4 He 3 27 amp ND 5 ON OFF 4 ERCI git X003 5469157 vaste c007 WS L 100 PDA backl ight ind c REFS 050 149 CAD LCD PWR C007 and C008 near X003 PDALEDS 4 BACKPWM LEDI 3TEST E LED1 3 LED4 6TEST LED4 6 1 is the nearest pin from the
49. No Buffer transistor not in function V800 Yes Figure 120 Issue 1 02 02 5 Technical Documentation 5 5 4 PLL Block Diagram RAE 5 8 Troubleshooting as RDIV 5 Last edit 13 45 07 02 00 SLE SCLK SDATA HAGARRESET Drawingt2 Figure 121 Issue 1 02 02 Page 8 125 RAE 5 PAMS 8 Troubleshooting Technical Documentation 5 6 Frequency lists Table 6 PCN frequencies and corresponding VCO frequencies CH TX RX VCO TX 95 3671 6 18050 36129 17115 521 1807 0 3614 0 1714 0 3428 0 1809 0 3618 0 1714 2 3428 4 1809 2 3618 4 55 prso 34800 18102 se 762 36224 57 1772 pa 18192 Page 8 126 Issue 1 02 02 5 RAE 5 Technical Documentation 8 Troubleshooting CH TX RX vco TX 95 3625 6 3626 8 18136 36252 3630 4 3631 6 3632 8 3634 0 3635 2 3636 4 36575 3636 8 3640 0 1725 6 3451 2 1820 6 3641 2 1725 8 3451 6 1820 8 3641 6 Issue 1 02 02 Page 8 127 RAE 5 PAMS 8 Troubleshooting Technical Documentation CH TX RX vco TX 95 36424 Ex 754 1824 3643 6 56 3840 18220 555 828 36456 3646 0 802 1782 jea 18232 36472 506 18240
50. VBB VB 5 6 6 14 5 6V 0 1J R402 papa 1825019 1825019 AUDIO 3 0 OND PROG_EN LCD_PWR lt 1 2400 DA_LCD 16 0 gt 4120051 12 El L Line H LineL Al 5 CDDa5 D 1 81 LCDDaS OLEX 15 DISPO L Line H Line A2 DISPO one 6 02 Line H Line 2 CDDa amp 14 L Line H Line 1 GND 3 CDDa 03 L Line 23 2 DispClk 18 CDData E4 L Line H Line 4 3 DISPON 8 CDDaO 04 Line H Line B4 10 4 SP ES L Line H Line 45 5 LCDDad 1 1 CDDa11 05 L Line H line B5 I Clk LCD_PWR 16 IC 1 LCDDa11 8 CDDa C4 GND 8 GND 4 CDDa4 C5 GND C2 3 GenSDIO 7 18 LCDPWM CDDa 1 GenSClk 2 aun 125 LCDEN 9 CDDa38 13 BLIGHTS LCDPWM FLVR e ted in FLEX PCB 16 GENSIO 1 0 lt gt Et L tine At LCDDa 17 01 Line H Line RATT REM 18 LCDM L Line H Line 2 18 LCDDe8 1 GenSDID 02 H Line B2 28 LCDDe4 8 GenSClh L Line H Line CDEN 21 GND L Line H Line ES LCDDa7 L Line H Line LCDDa3 KBLIGHTS 24 Code L Line H Line LEDRSTX 05 Line H LineL 85 Raw 26 LCDDa1 eee k GND 6ND VB LCDEN 5 GND GND C2 _ 12 VB IEEE E E 30 GND 31 Back
51. mol Open collector E 4 i 2 TXQ_0 TXQ_180 T I Li lt E 2 4 OUTP_G_TX E LOUTM_G_ TX rere zen EE dias 3 5 DET gt PWC UOS 0522222 5 B YIII P E E TXC 4 TXP 4 m VIX Last edit 13 35 07 02 00 MBREUBE Figure 113 EGSM TX signal 8 116 Issue 1 02 02 5 RAE 5 Technical Documentation 5 3 2 Troubleshooting diagram for EGSM Transmitter EGSM TX troubleshooting YES Check with oscilloscope 565 VREF 1 5V 2 R700 amp R740 VTX 2 7 V TPJ320 gt 2 5 V 2 C557 VRX 2 7 V 2 C561 VSYN 2 2 7 V C550 VXO Vdc 2 2 7 V YES Check with oscilloscope R546 amp C640 TXQ 0 0 4Vpp Vdc 0 8V R546 amp C640 TXQ 180 Vac 0 4Vpp Vdc 0 8V R541 amp C541 TXI 0 Vac 0 4Vpp Vdc 0 8V R541 amp C541 180 Vac 0 4Vpp Vdc 0 8V Check with oscilloscope R755 TXBUFF Vdc gt 2 0 V C789 TXVGSM Vdc gt 2 0 V C798 TXVPCN Vdc lt 0 3 V C731 TXVDET gt 2 0 V Spectrum analyzer R742 power gt 0dBm 897 6 MHz 2 Spectrum analyzer R751 power gt 5 dBm 902 MHz Spectrum analyzer 2671 power gt 7 dBm 902 MHz YES cont next page Figure 114 Issue 1 02 02 8 Troubleshooting Check Baseband Check Baseband Check Hagar serial interface Check Syn
52. 1 EEPROM Values 2 Factory Default Values 3 Current Values PC Memory Figure 47 Select EEPROM Values and a new window pops up Page 7 46 Issue 1 04 02 5 RAE 5 Technical Documentation TX 178 Tuning EG TX and 0 DC Offset Amplitude and Phase Difference 7 Service Software Instructions TX I DC Offset Amplitude Difference Cancel 4 E 2 12 4 l 0 2 Help 1 100 100 TX Q DC Offset Phase Difference Hn 100 100 85 85 Figure 48 This is the Tuning window Set the Power Level to 5 Then the Spectrum Analyzer shows a plot like this Figure 49 Berber 1 TIT ABH 9 RF ld c 18 5 dba TEH 3 Hr 1 747732728 Inl mae T 10 Figure 49 Issue 1 04 02 7 47 RAE 5 PAMS 7 Service Software Instructions Technical Documentation In the Tx Tuning window use TX 1 DC Offset and TX Q DC Offset to adjust the spurious at 1747 8MHz Marker 2 to the minimum level TX IZQ Tuning EG TX and Q DC Offset Amplitude and Phase Difference TX LDC Offset Amplitude Difference Cancel Lg 100 100 4 TX 9 DC Offset Phase Difference a 5 100 100 85 Figure 50 Then the Spectrum Analyzer shows a plot like this Figure 51 d arL 1 TI T ABH 3 514 LJ 4 dB a 142477
53. 2 24 KL8 related CMT UI problems Problem with CMT UI Put BL8 module in test jig connect adapter JC4 DO NOT connect the UI module or Flex yet DO NOT switch power on Check the resistances of display signals to the GND 1 Resistance gt 1 MOhm GENSDIO 47kOhm Check replace CSP filter Z401 Connect the Flex and the UI module Turn the power on Check GENSCLK signal as in Fig 80 Check replace CSP filter 7401 if voltage 0 Check GENSDIO while LCDEN is active Rise fall time 30 to 60 ns Check replace Check LCDEN signal CSP filter 2401 Rise fall time 30 to 60 ns Check LCDRSTX signal Signal 2 8 V or active D300 or PWB faulty Figure 71 Page 8 84 Issue 1 02 02 5 RAE 5 Technical Documentation 8 Troubleshooting Tek 1 00GS s 4 Acqs EE C1 Period 307 3ns i C1 Freq 3 2538MH2 c1 width 5 1 151 315 c1 width 156 015 TM Sos Chi 7 1 00 V 28 sep 2000 14 20 03 Tek 1 00GS s i 4 Acqs Rise 30 715 Fall 27 415 C1 High 2 76 V Low 20mv B 50 015 Chi J 1 007 28 Sep 2000 14 20 36 Figure 72 GENSCLK signal signal Figure 72 It should look like this when LCDEN signal is ac tive There is also a 2 16MHz clock signal but it is targeted for CCONT Table 5 Signals and pins Signal Pin no LCDEN GENSDIO GENSC
54. 2 sec without blinks then to the beginning again Page 8 32 Issue 1 02 02 5 RAE 5 Technical Documentation 8 Troubleshooting 2 9 2 CMT display backlight blinking 2 times in a loop CMT display backlight blinking 2 times in a loop Flash fault Manufacturer and device id read from FLASH 1 D352 fails ID read from FLASH1 or FLASH2 fails Flash the device D352 ID read fails during flashing Check negative pulses on FLCS1X J339 1 8V OK Change D300 MCU Change D352 Figure 20 Refer to FLASH signal diagrams in Issue 1 02 02 Page 8 33 RAE 5 PAMS 8 Troubleshooting Technical Documentation 2 9 3 CMT display backlight blinking 3 times in a loop CMT display backlight blinking times in a loop SDRAM fault D350 SDRAM test fails Check activity from SDRAM lilnes SDRRASX J312 negative pulses 2 8V SDRCASX J313 negative pulses 2 8V SDRWEX J314 negative pulses 2 8V SDRCLK J310 13MHz clock 2 8V SDRAd6 J348 postive pulses 2 8V SDRDQML J315 negative pulses 2 8V SDRDQMU J316 negative pulses 2 8V SDRCKE J311 high 2 8V SDRDa8 J349 positive pulses data pulses driven by SDRAM have bigger over shoot spikes than data driven by MADLinda MCU see figure 23 2 8V Pulses on MADLinda control lines J312 J313 J314 J310 J348 J315 J316 or J349 Replace D350 if J349 D300 faulty data pulses with big overshoot spikes are missing
55. 5 Technical Documentation Start Section 4 D13 Fig 98 NO OK Check component R087 Measure D00 D01 D02 and DO3 Fig 98 OK NO Check component R088 YES Measure D20 D21 D22 and D23 Fig 98 OK NO Check component R090 Measure RES LP and GOP Figs 99 100 101 OK Check component R089 Measure FR Fig 102 OK NO Check component 091 YES Signals OK YES RAE 5 8 Troubleshooting Display ASIC D054 fault Figure 77 Issue 1 02 02 Display module fault Page 8 91 RAE 5 PAMS 8 Troubleshooting Technical Documentation Tek 2 50MS s 453 Acqs E C1 Mean 3 2 190 Min 2 103 epe 12 53 02 Figure 78 ST_INVOUT signal 5 00 5 5 2813 Acqs 1 80 V 28 Nov 2000 12 58 09 Figure 79 DD P1 signal Tek 10 0MS s C1 Mean J 645mv 4 4 Min 8m eqepneedepieeeXpeseee pcc 650m 1 1 50 772kHz 1 Min 50 76k 1 5 000M Wio ops Chi 7 1 38 V 28 Nov 2000 12 48 50 Figure 80 BRIGHT signal Page 8 92 Issue 1 02 02 RAE 5 Technical Documentation 8 T
56. 8 32 2 9 2 CMT display backlight blinking 2 times loop 8 33 2 9 3 CMT display backlight blinking 3 times loop 8 34 2 9 4 CMT display backlight blinking 5 times loop 8 37 2 9 5 Memory fails in PTS WinTesla flashing 8 38 2 9 6 DiskOnChip id read test 8 8 40 2 10 Serial Interface Troubleshooting 8 41 2 11 CONTACT SERVICE in CMT display 8 44 2 12 CCONT Serial interface Troubleshooting 8 46 Card aad dee aie rete eret pa p t a Fade prd ds 8 48 2 13 1 SIM Card Error Troubleshooting 8 48 219 2 SIM Card Rejected uie et eter eoe Pp tertie ue rires 8 49 2 13 3 Insert SIM Card i eese oa a ew gl Ee ms 8 51 2 14 Memory Card sce e er 8 53 2 14 1 Memory Card Interface Troubleshooting 8 53 2 14 2 Memory card switch 8 55 uir ECT 8 56 Issue 1 02 02 Page8 3 RAE 5 PAMS 8 Troubleshooting Technical Documentation 2 15 1 Lid Switch Troubleshooting 8 56 2 16 Battery Removal Switch troubleshooting 8 58 2 17 COBBA Contro
57. Current consumption missing consumption gives an idea ees whether the device able to start up Dropping supply voltage indicates short circuit Check whether the connection with Wintesla works and what can tat be discovered with Wintesla Check self tests with Wintesla if CONTACT SERVICE is shown on the CMT display Page 8 6 Issue 1 02 02 RAE 5 8 Troubleshooting PAMS Technical Documentation Check visual display faults Check that all connectors make good contacts this might be the problem if the displays are dark or partially dark or if there are keyboard problems Care must be taken when assembling and disassembling the transceiver Re fer to the instructions in this manual Failure to do this may result in unneces sary damage to the device Locate failed module KL8 018 DL1 with the MJS 14 test jig This is the basis of further troubleshooting Check the failed module s visually mechanical damages solder joints OK Continue with the specific troubleshooting procedure for the module If there is an obvious fault repair it before reflashing the device Flash first if a fault is not obvious Flashing troubleshooting leads to power checking and serial interface checking if flashing does not start Atthe beginning of flash programming all memory interfaces are first tested If flashing is aborted and error s return refer to Memory testing section Due to CS
58. 10v Chipcap x5r 100n k 10v Chipcap x7r 10n k 16v Chipcap x7r 10n k 16v Chipcap x7r 10n k 16v Chipcap x5r 100n k 10v Chipcap 5 4u7 k 6v3 Chipcap 5 1u k 6v3 Chipcap 5 1u k 6v3 Chipcap 5 1u k 6v3 Chipcap 5 1u k 6v3 Chipcap 5 1u k 6v3 Chipcap 5 4u7 k 6v3 Chipcap x5r 100n k 10v Chipcap 5 1u k 6v3 Chipcap 5 4u7 k 6v3 Chipcap 5 100n k 10v Chipcap x7r 2n2 j 50v Chipcap 5 1u k 6v3 Chipcap 5 1u k 6v3 Chipcap 5 100n k 10v Chiptcap 470u m 10v e 7 7 Chiptcap 470u m 10v 7 7 Issue 1 02 02 5 RAE 5 Technical Documentation 10 Parts Lists C205 2320805 Chipcap x5r 100 10v C206 2320544 Chipcap 22 50v C207 2320783 Chipcap x7r 33n 10v C208 2320481 Chipcap x5r 1u k 6v3 C209 2320778 Chipcap x7r 10n 16v C210 2320778 Chipcap x7r 10n k 16v C211 2320778 Chipcap x7r 10n k 16v C212 2320778 Chipcap x7r 10n k 16v C213 2310037 Chipcap x5r 10u m 6v3 C215 2320783 Chipcap x7r 33n 10v C216 2320783 Chipcap x7r 33n 10v C217 2320544 Chipcap 22 50v C218 2312243 Chipcap x5r 4u7 k 6v3 C219 2320783 Chipcap x7r 10v C220 2320785 Chipcap x7r 47n 10v C221 2320783 Chipcap x7r 33n 10v C223 2320572 Chipcap x7r 330p j 50v C224 2320546 Chipcap 27p 50v C225 2320805 Chipcap x5r 100 10v C228 2320783 Chipcap x7r 33n 10v C229 2320783 Chipcap x7r 33n k 10v C230 2320544 Chipcap npO 22 50v C231 2310037 Chipcap x5r 10u m 6v3 C232 2320544 Ch
59. Earphone signal at ans ae from COBBA_GJP output Page 3 13 RAE 5 PAMS 3 RF System Module KL8 Technical Documentation Table 3 Electrical characteristics of the system connector X450 signals continued 6 Input AC impedance 2 2 Max input signal Output DC level Accessory muted not for headset Output DC level Accessory unmuted Bias current 7 MBUS Output LOW Output LOW current Pullup resistance Series resistance Input LOW Input HIGH 0 7 VBB 8 DCE_TX Input LOW 0 0 3 VBB To AccRxData Input HIGH 0 7 VBB VBB 220kQ Pullup to VBB in KL8 Series resistance Output current mA 9 DCE_RX Output LOW 0 22 VBB From AccTxData Output HIGH 0 8 VBB 47kQ Pullup to VBB in KL8 Series resistance 10 DCE_DTR Input LOW 0 0 3 VBB Data Terminal Ready input Input HIGH 0 7 VBB VBB Internal pullup max 140uA 11 GND Accessory power output V Supply ground 12 13 INTER To internal antenna NAL 14 RF COM From RF MON Battery Connector Table 4 Battery Connector X100 Electrical Specifications Pm Name Mm Ma Unit 1 VBATT 3 0 3 6 4 2 V Battery voltage 4 8 V Maximum voltage with charger 2 8 2 BSI Battery size indication System HW has 100 5 pull up resistor Battery removal detection shorter contact Threshold is 2 4V VBB 2 8V 22 196 Service battery pull down value 68 5 4 2V Li lon ba
60. Issue 1 04 02 Page7 5 RAE 5 PAMS 7 Service Software Instructions Technical Documentation Required Servicing Equipment Computer At least IBM 80386 or compatible with one unused serial port COM 7 one parallel port LPT1 hard disk recommended Operating System DOS Version 3 2 or later f PCLStart in use DOS 6 22 and IBM 80486 or compatible Display Any 80 character text display Service software version for 3 5 disk product code 0774080 Rest of the needed service equipment depends on what kind of operations ser vice personnel wants to perform Note A number of PC s of an older generation use the Intel National Semiconductor or United Micro electronics IC 8250 as the serial port UART This is a comparatively inefficient circuit for current purposes and does not necessarily support the M2BUS adapter at 9600 baud The newer UART s NS16450 and 516550 of National Semiconductor offer solutions for these problems Issue 1 04 02 Page7 6 5 RAE 5 Technical Documentation 7 Service Software Instructions Installation Mechanical Connections Caution sure that you have switched off the PC and the printer be fore making connections Caution Do not connect PKD 1 key to the serial port You may damage your PKD 1 The software controls RAE 5 via a separate adapter connected to the serial port of the PC and to the phone bottom connector DAU 9C cable Att
61. Low when inactive Check COBBASDA line at J324 Activity NO D300 or PWB Signal rising falling edge 3 to 5 ns faulty High when inactive YES Check COBBACSx line at J323 Activity Signal rising falling edge 3 to 5 ns High when inactive Check all lines simultaneously see fig below Check COBBARSTX a J321 High about 2 8V Figure 43 Tek 250MS s _ 2 Acqs 200 Ch3 X 1 64 V 8 Nov 1999 11 57 41 Figure 44 Write sequence to COBBA Figure 44 is a write sequence to COBBA There should be non all zero writes to COBBA Page 8 60 Issue 1 02 02 5 RAE 5 Technical Documentation 8 Troubleshooting Tek 250MS s Er V 20075 X 1 64 g Nov 1999 11 59 58 Figure 45 read Figure 45 is read The MADLinda writes first the address to be read deactivates the COBBACSX line and then activates the 5 line again Then the COBBA_GJP sends the requested data There should be non zero reads If no non zero reads from COBBA can be seen COBBA N200 may be faulty If both reads and writes of non zero values can be seen and the signal charac teristics were good the COBBA serial control interface is working correctly Issue 1 02 02 Page 8 61 RAE 5 PAMS 8 Troubleshooting Technical Documentation 2 18 COBBA Interface Troubleshooting PCM interface transfers digital audio data Problems in th
62. OK Wintesla NO CPU fault Figure 61 Page 8 74 Issue 1 02 02 5 RAE 5 Technical Documentation 8 Troubleshooting 2 22 KL8 related Keyboard problems There may be several types of problems with keyboard Usually some of the keys CMT and PDA are not working or several key presses happen simulta neously If CMT informs Please close cover see Lid switch problems section Issue 1 02 02 Page 8 75 RAE 5 PAMS 8 Troubleshooting Technical Documentation Problem with QWERTY keypad 1 Put BL8 module in test jig connect B to B adapter J 4 DO NOT connect the Ul module or Flex yet DO NOT switch power on Refer to table 6 Check the resistance of Row and Col signals to GND 1 Resistance 1 MOhm YES NO Check replace Z401 to Z404 Turn power on DO NOT connect the UI module or Flex yet Check Col signals at pins 49 62 60 59 54 55 56 61 53 51 Voltage around 2 8V Check replace CSP filters 2401 to 2404 if voltage 0 Check Row signals at pins 50 69 67 65 64 63 57 68 58 52 Voltage around 0 V Eliminate short circuits if if voltage gt 0 Note 1 Pins 49 65 and 66 69 against 70 gnd YES NO Check replace CSP filters 7401 to 7404 Figure 62 Page 8 76 Issue 1 02 02 5 RAE 5 Technical Documentation 8 Troubleshooting Problem with QWERTY keypad 2 Connect ROWO to COLO Mea
63. Operator Settings IWR Swap RAB 3 AS User Interface DLL Version 04 00 00 Jan 21 2002 No User NUM Figure 7 Wintesla user interface when the Communicator is running and initialization has been successful Issue 1 04 02 Page 7 13 RAE 5 PAMS 7 Service Software Instructions Technical Documentation 6 Flash Phone dialog opens Select Market Area or select the correct PPM image by pressing the reer lower B Select MCU Image by pressing upper if the correct MCU image T is not automatically selected Os rasta Press the Flash button see Figure 8 Flash Phone Scandinavion l C WINTESLA RAE 5 rae53005 220 05 22 12 22 02 5 WINTESLA RAE 5 RAE33005 22X 05 22 12 02 02 RAE 5 NMP X LPCS 141099 GSMC V141099 FONT TEXT L180102 ORD O40697 TONE version PLMN V9 00 Figure 8 Flash phone dialog Page 7 14 Issue 1 04 02 5 RAE 5 Technical Documentation 7 Service Software Instructions 10 Once the program is prompting for restoring user data choose NO if you do not want to save the exixting user settings else select YES see Figure 9 Europe NX Scandinavian C WINTESLA RAE 5 RAE33005 220 05 22 12 22 02 RAE 5 NMP 3 53005 21 Flash Phone Figure 9 Saving user settings to file 11 Programming starts
64. Output 0 0 22 VBB Output current 2 Input high 1 0 7 VBB V Keyboard row Input low 0 0 3 VBB V Series resistance MADLinda Refer to ROWO Keyboard row Prog 10 MADLinda Refer to ROWO Keyboard row Prog 10 MADLinda Refer to ROWO Keyboard row Prog 10 MADLinda Refer to ROWO Keyboard row Prog 10 BATT REM MADLinda Input high 1 0 7 VBB __ Jx Battery removal switch GPIO GenSClk MADLinda Output high 1 0 8 VBB Serial LCD driver UIF clock Phone LCD and to low 0 22 VBB V CCONT Output low 0 0 77777909 Frequency 3 25 MHz 3 25MHz during Phone LCD access 2 17MHz during CCONT access Series resistance GenSDIO MADLinda Output high 1 0 8 VBB Serial LCD driver data UIF Phone LCD Output low 0 ES 22 VBB memes MADLinda Output high 1 0 8 VBB Serial LCD driver chip UIF select Phone LCD Output low 0 0 22 VBB Page 3 18 Issue 1 04 02 5 RAE 5 Technical Documentation 3 RF System Module KL8 Table 9 Connector continued Pin Signal Name From To Parameter Type LCDPWM BACKPWM LCD_PWR LCDRSTX KBLIGHTS LCDDaO LCDDa1 LCDDa2 Output current 2 mA Series resistance 200 Q MADLinda Output high 1 0 8 VBB V PWM for PDA LCD PWM contrast control Output low 0 0 22 VBB V Series resistance 200 Frequency 50 7 kHz MADLinda Output high 1 0 8 V
65. PDALCD interface control logic Hinge flex connector Antenna connector and ground plane Keypad scanning There is 26 keys located in DL2 module 6 PDA soft keys are located inside the lid and 20 CMT keys on the outer side All these keys are in the same keyboard matrix as the QWERTY keypad in the UL8 module Col 0 4 used as column lines in keypad Row 0 4 and 6 are used as row lines When key is pressed the MCU gets an interrupt from a row and starts scan ning One column at a time is written low and rows are used to read which key is pressed CMT keypad and CMT LCD backlight The CMT keypad and CMT display are illuminated with LEDs Each LED is driven by a separate drive transistor LEDs for CMT display are driven with appoximately 5mA each LEDs for CMT keymat illumination are driven with approximately 2 5mA each CMT LCD Mechanical structure LCD includes the frame LCD cell with driver chip reflector adhesive tapes and lightguide The LCD is electrically connected to the UL2 PWB with a FPC and board to board connector Issue 1 04 02 Page 4 15 RAE 5 PAMS 4 User Interfaces Technical Documentation The frame includes clips to mechanically attach the display to the UL2 PWB and also keep LCD cell and lightguide in place LCD cell specification The LCD cell includes the display driver PDA LCD Module PDA LCD circuit main blocks are LCD glass including drivers PDA LCD bias voltage
66. Product Codes Battery Pack BLL 3 English label 0670290 Battery Pack BLL 3 French label 0670363 View of BLL 3 Issue 1 04 02 Page 12 5 RAE 5 PAMS 12 Accessories Technical Documentation Fast Travel Charger ACP 12 Operating within the voltage range depends on country specific AC mains voltage 100 240 V Like the standard charger it is compatible with all battery options and is available for different wall sockets The Fast Travel Charger can also be used with desktop stand Fast Travel Charger 12 0675297 Fast Travel Charger ACP 12 0675295 Fast Travel Charger 12 U 0675303 Fast Travel Charger 12 UB 0675293 Fast Travel Charger 12 E 0675294 Fast Travel Charger 12 X 0675296 Fast Travel Charger 12 AR 0675298 Fast Travel Charger 12 0675300 View of ACP 12 ACP 12E 12 120 12 120 ACP 12AR ACP 12G 12 Products Fast Travel Charger 12 Euro plug operating voltage 90 264 Vac Fast Travel Charger ACP 12U UB G C US plug operating voltage 90 264 Fast Travel Charger 12 UK plug operating voltage 90 264 Vac Fast Travel Charger ACP 12A AR Australia plug operating voltage 90 264 Specification Output connectors 3 5 mm DC plug 2 pole control Protection Output current limiting max 0 85 A Output voltage current typ 6 0 V 0
67. Version 0 0 Edit 28 Circuit Diagram of UL1_07 PDA backlight Version 0 0 Edit 40 Parts Placement Diagram of UL1 07 1 2 Parts Placement Diagram of UL1_07 22 Block Diagram of KL8_05 System Version 0 2 Edit 114 Circuit Diagram of KL8_05 Circuit Diagram of KL8_05 Circuit Diagram of KL8_05 Circuit Diagram of KL8_05 Circuit Diagram of KL8_05 Circuit Diagram of KL8_05 Circuit Diagram of KL8_05 Circuit Diagram of KL8_05 Circuit Diagram of KL8_05 Circuit Diagram of KL8_05 System Connector Version 0 0 Edit 125 Audio RFI Version 0 0 Edit 144 CPU Version 0 0 Edit 167 IRDA Version 0 0 Edit 167 memories Version 0 0 Edit 106 MMC Version 0 0 Edit 73 Power Version 0 0 Edit 216 User interface Version 0 0 Edit 83 BB RF Connector Version 0 2 Edit 114 RF Version 0 2 Edit 197 Parts Placement Diagram of KL8 05 1 2 Parts Placement Diagram of KL8_05 2 2 Issue 1 04 2002 09 4 09 5 09 7 09 8 09 9 09 10 09 11 09 12 09 13 09 14 09 15 09 16 09 17 09 18 09 19 09 20 09 21 09 22 09 23 RAE 5 9 Schematic diagrams Page 09 3 5 Technical Documentation Block Diagram of UL1_07 QWERTY keypad Version 0 0 Edit 139 gt Dave
68. Voltage 2 8 2 85 Supply voltage for VCTCXO Hagar LNA s and Vdd bb Current dividers LO buffers pem pp pee HAGAR Voltage Supply voltage for Current PLL charge pumps Voltage 2 7 2 8 2 85 V Supply voltage for LNA2 mixer DTOS Current mA da tive LOW Logic low Current HAGAR _ Voltage EIE SERA Supply voltage for VR5 VR7 TX modulator VCO Current MADLin HAGAR high 1 1 HAGAR reset Load capacitance MADLin ae pet HAGAR synthesizer ETUR an ee E CN pm MADLin HAGAR Logichigh 1 20 2 85 V HAGAR synthesizer i eee So EE d e ws Data rate Mbit s HAGAR MADLin da Logic high 1 j HAGAR synthesizer interface clock Logic low 0 Load impedance Load capacitance Clock rate Issue 1 04 02 Page 3 57 RAE 5 PAMS 3 RF System Module KL8 Technical Documentation Table 44 AC and DC Characteristics of signals between RF and System blocks continued Signal Parameter Typi Function name cal HAGAR Logichigh i 20 285 V Transmitter power wv f o v mme Load Capacitance VCTCXO Voltage 0 046 2 254 Automatic frequen cy control signal for Resolution 11 VCTCXO Load resistance 10 dynamic Load resistance 1 static Nois
69. X 11 Dec 2000 13 53 34 Tek 1 00GS s 50 Acqs Period 115 7ns _ Freq 8 6455MHz Width 42 7ns 4 C1 Width 73 015 chip siima osion Chi X TOT 11 Dec 2000 13 53 58 Figure 66 DispClk signal at pin 2 DispCIk signal Figure 66 at pin 2 Use at least 1MQ probe for this Note The more critical values are high 1 8V frequency 8 645MHz and Width 42ns If the signal high time is too small it will cause errors Page 8 80 Issue 1 02 02 5 RAE 5 Technical Documentation 8 Troubleshooting Tek 144 5 T C1 Period 92 245 Width 73 60us C1 Width 18 6445 cis Chi f 25 Sep 2000 14 12 24 Figure 67 LLCLK signal at pin 40 Tek IER 504 Acqs Freq ec 22 51 812 Hz 5 Unstable histogram Width 19 00ms Unstable histogram C1 Duty PRIOR 1 6 Low resolution 5 00 Chi 720mV 18 yan 2001 11 20 54 Tek 250 5 5 33 Acqs Freq 51 58894 Hz Unstable histogram Width 19 0160ms Unstable histogram C1 Duty 1 898 Unstable histogram 11 22 40 Figure 68 signal at pin 4 Issue 1 02 02 Page 8 81 RAE 5 PAMS 8 Troubleshooting Technical Documentation Tek 50 0kS s 52 Acas E E
70. gt 2 7V SynthPwr J319 1 2 8V a VCXO_Pwr 4302 1 2 8V 136 VTX gt 2 7V Check D300 MADLinda N600 VCHP 4 7V 2 Check synthesizer lines during RX slot J502 J501 J505 1 J501 SCLK J500 SDATA Pulses 0 1 2 Check D300 MADLinda And R800 Reset 1 Check RF control lines during RX slot R708 RxC N240 0 2 3VB max Check N200 COBBA R832 AFC VCXO 0 1 2V typ Check analog data signals during RX slot R533 RxIN Cobba 0 1 5V DC If DC failure C532 RxIP 0 1 5V DC Check N200 Cobba Received signal is biased to DC else nominal amplitude Check RF part freg 213MH heck RF control lines during TX slot If TxC failure R792 Cobba 0 2 3V max Check N200 Cobba EET If TxP failure Check analog data signals during TX slot 541 TxIN Cobba YES R541 TxIP Rede Or 200 Cobba Check RF part Transmitted signal is biased to DC R541 R546 nom ampl 300mVpp freq 64kHz C540 C541 Figure 60 Issue 1 02 02 Page 8 73 RAE 5 PAMS 8 Troubleshooting Technical Documentation 2 21 IR Interface Troubleshooting diagram ae YES CC or o 050 6 RED 050 1 YES NO NO R050 R052 8053 IrDA test OK C052 C054 OK R054 C055 C050 CANNOT BE MEASURED IN THE JIG Replace IR module IR Test
71. takes about 10 minutes Issue 1 04 02 Page 7 15 RAE 5 PAMS 7 Service Software Instructions Technical Documentation 12 If you have selected NO to answer the previous question in step 10 the user settings will be updated after flash programming Press the OK button see Figure 10 Europe NX Scandinavian C WINTESLA RAE 5 RAE33005 220 m 05 22 12 22 02 RAE 5 Restore Default User Settings Figure 10 Restoring Default User settings 7 16 Issue 1 04 02 5 RAE 5 Technical Documentation 7 Service Software Instructions 13 After Flash programming complete message press OK button close the Flash Phone dialog see Figure 11 Europe NX Scandinavian C MWINTESLAXRAE 5XRAE33005 220 05 22 12 22 02 RAE 5 C WINTESLA RAE 5 RAE33005 22X Flash Phone 05 22 12 02 0 LPCS 141099 GSMC V141099 FONT TEXT 1180102 AORD V040697 version PLMN V9 00 Figure 11 Flash programming completed 14 Disconnect the BBL 3 service battery and the SCH 8 cable from the Communicator Issue 1 04 02 Page 7 17 RAE 5 PAMS 7 Service Software Instructions Technical Documentation Installing All Nokia 92XX data XX SIS 15 Insert the MMC that includes the correct SIS package The same language and version as in the ROM image same as Market Area in Figure 8 16 Install All Nokia 92XX data XX SIS Open
72. 0 DCE_DTR line at 2 8 3 0V Wintesla ADC readings for DTR Detection state 1 DCE DTR line at 0 0 3V NOTES Signal levels in practice High gt 2 7 Low lt 0 3V Exception Diode in DTR line causes voltage drop see Figure 30 below Issue 1 02 02 Page 8 41 RAE 5 PAMS 8 Troubleshooting Technical Documentation Tek Run 1 00MS s Sample T 15 Nov 1999 15 18 45 Using DLR 2 GRP1 black MAD end GRP2 System connector end Figure 30 line voltage Page 8 42 Issue 1 02 02 5 RAE 5 Technical Documentation 8 Troubleshooting MBUS clock Signal during flashing Figure 31 Tek 100MS s 8 Acqs en 0 C 1 Freq 815 04 2 50 0 C1 Duty 50 0 26 Feb 2036 GRP3 9 9 JOFF GRP4 14 14 OFF 22 26 27 GRP1 black MAD end GRP2 system connector end Approx 0 2V difference results from MBUS pull up resistor R309 4k7 amp serial resistor R450 270R voltage slicing Figure 31 MBUS clock Signal during flashing Issue 1 02 02 Page 8 43 RAE 5 PAMS 8 Troubleshooting Technical Documentation 2 11 CONTACT SERVICE in CMT display CONTACT SERVICE in CMT display Self tests with WinTesla Display Information Contact Service This fault means that software is able to run and thus the watchdog of CCONT 100 can be served Self test functions are executed when power is switched on and software is st
73. 04 02 5 RAE 5 Technical Documentation 6 Service Tools User Guide for HCL 1 Connection to Service SW A service car kit HCL 1 is used with a Wintesla service software Needed ac cessories are Modular T adapter and DAU 9S cable With these accessories the MBUS is connected straight from the phone to the PC and the necessary level transformations are executed It is also possible to plug the mod8 con nector straight to mod10 socket of FPS 8 prommer and control the phone through it Note that it is not allowed to power the service battery from power outputs of FPS 8 while using HCL 1 Allowed Power Sources BBL 3B service battery is the one for RF tuning You will also need the JBE 2 as power source for the battery The service battery can also be connected straight to laboratory power source Do not connect a voltage higher than 4 2V to service battery There is no advanced high voltage protection in the battery so you really can damage the phone with voltage too high Note Do not use normal battery BLL 3 while connected to service SW About Tuning Complete instructions how to make the RF tuning itself can be found from ser vice manual Remember that connectors and coaxial cable of HCL 1 will cause attenuation to signal approximately as follows 900MHz band 0 65dB 1800MHz band 1 05dB Note that values may vary a bit from device to device If you have the equip ment to define the exact attenuation values for your HCL
74. 05 cpu it Diagram o Ircul jo qno 6r 00 5 1ueuoduoj 19 0 59 4949 peso COE INDUS dW L2100AMd ugg E _ 1083 soluegndd am Taan 25554 pos 118554 ISIN OND ug pejquesse 43944 WaYSSA sil 88A PIEI WaVSSA Lin vd pnan WaNSSA 45 cili Alb WavQ0 315 ales WavauA bid 3 350 T 4 69 91203 717 V 3 007 3HOJA 302A 88A Q3193NNO9 LON 410 I01999fldA Tiy MELA S8 eoIvegndw T Sher z ein uegndW UIU99ndH TN POIUegnd4 F3 T B1 0ueondW 01 TI gt S1H9I 183 jm ndo 40 877 gt IWW Sr nan N 8 N38 SI J NOdS10 008
75. 1 04 02 PAMS Technical Documentation RAE 5 Series PDA 4 User Interfaces Issue 104 02 Copyright 2001 Nokia Mobile Phones All Rights Reserved RAE 5 PAMS 4 User Interfaces Technical Documentation AMENDMENT RECORD SHEET Amendment Inserted By Comments Number quo 7 Issue 1 04 02 Page 4 2 5 RAE 5 Technical Documentation 4 User Interfaces CONTENTS Troubleshooting Page No ADBIGVISMNODS REM EE 4 RAE 5 User Interface Structure 5 wen cece 5 Main Components 6 DG Characteristics XE REINES 6 Connections MM 6 AL COMMECION PINOUT osos 7 Antenna clip connector 9 X2 connector pinout 9 connector pinout 10 AD connector pinout 11 11 RF connection 12 Functional description perses eiee pix e 13 Power distribution and control signals 13 DEZ Circuit Description 14 Keypad scanning 14 CMT keypad and CMT LCD backlight 14 CMT LGD 14 PDA L
76. 1 you are advised to do so Note also that the attenuation value is programmed to some tuning equipment with positive sign and to some with negative sign depending on the device model manufacturer Issue 1 04 02 Page 6 15 RAE 5 PAMS 6 Service Tools Technical Documentation Dummy Service Battery BBL 3B The Dummy Service Battery BBL 3B with banana clips is used in place of the communicator s normal battery during service The BBL 3B supplies a con trolled operating voltage from FPS 8 when flashing the Communicator The BBL 3B also supplies a controlled operating voltage from JBE 2 when perform ing resistance current voltage or RF calibrations NOTE The service battery can also be connected straight to laboratory power source Do not connect a voltage higher than 4 2V to service battery There is no advanced high voltage protection in the battery so you really can damage the phone with too high voltage Product Code Dummy Service Battery BBL 3B 0770206 View of BBL 3 6 16 Issue 1 04 02 5 RAE 5 Technical Documentation 6 Service Tools Dongle Flash Device FLS 4 Sales Pack FLS 4 is a dongle and flash device incorporated into one package developed specifically for POS use Product Code FLS 4 Sales Pack APAC 0081481 View of FLS 4 A gt gt x Features the following connectors D25 male visible in pic USB type B to Host PC Mod 10 45 to the phone DC supply for Noki
77. 1430764 1430832 1430728 1430728 1430728 1430728 1430702 1430762 1430740 1430746 1430730 1430730 1430702 1430734 1430726 1430730 1430734 1620507 1430718 1430714 1430754 1430754 1430710 1430740 1430758 1430803 1430756 1430848 1430778 1430803 1430762 1620505 1430762 1430690 1430752 1430762 1430718 1430788 1430762 1430812 1430726 2320805 2320805 2312243 2320544 Issue 1 02 02 Chipres Ow06 Res network Ow06 2x100r Chipres Ow06 270r Chipres Ow06 3k3 Chipres Ow06 2k7 Chipres Ow06 120r Chipres Ow06 120r Chipres Ow06 120r Chipres Ow06 120r Chipres Ow06 12r Chipres Ow06 2 2 Chipres Ow06 330r Chipres Ow06 560r Chipres Ow06 150r Chipres Ow06 150r Chipres Ow06 12r Chipres Ow06 220r Chipres Ow06 100r Chipres Ow06 150r Chipres 0 06 220r Res network 0 04 Chipres Ow06 47r Chipres Ow06 33r Chipres Ow06 1 0 Chipres Ow06 1 0 Chipres Ow06 22r Chipres Ow06 330r Chipres Ow06 1 5 Chipres 0 06 4k7 f 200pp Chipres Ow06 1 2 Chipres Ow06 12k f Chipres Ow06 10k Chipres Ow06 4k7 f 200pp Chipres Ow06 2 2 Res network 0 04 Chipres Ow06 2k2 Chipres jumper 0 0 Chipres Ow06 820r j Chipres Ow06 2 2 Chipres Ow06 47r j Chipres Ow06 22k Chipres Ow06 2 2 Chipres Ow06 220k Chipres Ow06 100r j Chipcap 5 100n 10v Chipcap x5r 100 10v Chipcap x5r 4u7 k 6v3 Chipcap 0 22 50 RAE 5 10 Parts Lists 2x100r 3DB
78. 2 V450 3203143 30V 0 1J 1825005 C454 C455 202 27 2313205 2320546 GND GND GND R451 L ICHRG_CTRL 22k 1430788 L453 mE C R461 C456 System cer 42R 1 00MHz 5 6V 0 1J sone 5466047 3203743 1825019 GND oc L_GND 1 L GND 2 caso cag aco CHRG_CTRL 3 n i AF 2320584 2328778 ads gt S6ND SCND 4 1 601 SPT 1451 IXEAR XAR 5 BLMI1AGO1 SPT 452 3 Aw gt DCE_DCD MBUS 8 Not Assembl ed BLM11A601 SPT Not bled Not Assembled DCE 9 ssen 5 10 C450 C462 C451 C463 C452 C464 DCE DTR C452 R455 8 8459 475 R460 411 AE gius 228 in 220 tn RF 5 6V 0 1J 5 6V 0 1J 8 5 6V 0 1J RF GND 12 232854 RF_INTERNAL 13 14 15 GND CND CND GND GND GND G EZ a 4 CND 8450 MBUS 2708 1438738 lii 1 eno 5420035 2320554 2 GND 3 On panel frame For production testing only RF coaxial connector Hirose R452 270R 1430738 0 AccTxNata 1 R453 2708 FBUSC1 0 C457 C458 22 22 2320544 VACC GND CND V489 T r4 Prevents cable to supply power when battery is removed r4 5 gt DTR 270R he vast 1430738 4113655 C458 BAS 70 05M ESDABVIBCS 22 4110078 1 6 2320544 2 GND GND RF Issue 1 04 2002 Page 09 12 5 Technical Documentation Circuit Diagram of KL8_05 Audio RFI Version 0 0 Edit 144 RAE 5 9 Schematic diagrams
79. 20 2 7V 0603 IP4026C IP4026C IP4026C IP4026C IP4026C FILT925 960 180 FILT925 960 180 880 960 1710 18 897 54 17 5MHZ 900MHZ 10 1 8GHZ 10 900MHZ 10 1 8GHZ 10 3 7GHZ 30 6 0 5 0 1A 6 2 9 5 5V TEA1 0 1A Page 10 15 RAE 5 10 Parts Lists V108 V200 V202 V301 V450 V451 V489 V730 V800 V801 V903 V904 V905 V907 D101 D102 D300 D350 D351 D352 D353 050 100 101 N102 N103 N104 N200 N201 N505 N600 N702 001 X002 X100 101 102 400 499 500 501 4211251 4211251 4113611 4341087 1825005 4113655 4110078 4110014 4210100 4210183 4210185 4210074 4210100 4210100 4341127 4341037 4370775 4341067 4341249 4341249 4341291 4860101 4370719 4370621 4341035 4341091 4341083 4370793 4340727 4370731 4340719 4350203 5460045 5159001 5409175 5409177 5409187 5469147 5420035 9517049 9517048 9381228 9854586 Page 10 16 Mfet 2sk3019 n 30v 0 1a Mfet 2sk3019 n 30v 0 1a Emifilt tvs Hall ic switch Chip varistor vwm14v Tvs quad bi esda6v1bc 6 6 Schdix2 bas70 05w 70v Sch di 570 07 Tr bc848w n 30v Tr bfp193w n 8ghz f1 3 2 Tr bfp520 2 5v 40ma 45gh Tr bfp420 n 4 5v35ma 20g Tr bc848w n 30v 0 1a100m Tr bc848w n 30v 0 1a100m Mcu reset 2 8v IC 1xd ff 1 8 5 5v Madlinda v2erom1 Sdram 64mbit 104mhz 2v7 Flash 4mx16 52mhz 70ns 1 Flash 4mx16 52mhz 70ns 1 Diskonchip 16mb 3v 1 8v irda t fdu5102 9k6 1m152 Ccont 2m wfd163m
80. 2312243 B8 C2_BB1_I J9 eE 58 5 Wide connection _ 8 0642 15 C811 3 below component 64 2 101 J7 108 106 ve T630 VCP 2310505 1620083 22050 8 LDB29C28141800 F 016 cP pros 1 09 856510 511 0512 6513 228135 Sa 4 ia F8 _ CM_DTOS_I 07 1150 1 150 150 1 150n 25 2 35 28 5a 8 lt 2 a C556 C566 C56 2320135 2320135 2320135 N Mm Gu gm m 3 8 7 2 888 838 300 31016_6 2500 25 i ES seen Ios ang van so cM_DTOS_o SOATA 5 sg 5 3 Se 9 INP G ex cp_F_t _08 BS osos 300 31010_6 J501 eae Slan pH 8 8 89 INM_G_RX CM F I aM Vaes BT Sic Balanced lines between nodes has to be equal lenght cp_F_o __FS 258 900X810 10_6 2 J502 R645 R61 N voa 8 z 558 2320560 A 02 i C640 H 88 z328 D2 LNAB G _0 amp 2 207851 0 0 40 bs 2 88 2522 C3 NAB P R520 RXIP 1430822 28 1430832 31888 MEE LNAB D _ 1 __68 2n2H 22 2600 3640429 5 8 LNAG ouT_BB1_o __F5 4210185 1646 28 4210074 1588 C4 2320562 C530 116533 BFP520 6327 LNA s 2320185471 2x10k RKOP m OUT IN S QUT IN_DCN2_T 1620019 1 5 8 Vsynte IN DCN2_Q 68 LD826C20 8900 Ley
81. 2520 952 55068 Br py Dues 5525 3631 2 952 8 3811 2 Bo peo 3820 9559 8082 9508 992 5555 908 8 3635 2 953 8 3815 2 909 0 3636 0 954 0 3816 0 909 2 3636 8 954 2 3816 8 909 4 3637 6 954 4 3817 6 198 90956 3638 4 954 6 3818 4 8 138 Issue 1 02 02 5 RAE 5 Technical Documentation 8 Troubleshooting Table 7 GSM frequencies and corresponding VCO frequencies CH TX RX VCO TX 95 99 909 8 3639 2 954 8 3819 2 910 0 3640 0 955 0 3820 0 910 2 3640 8 955 2 3820 8 5555 5558 3562 911 6 3646 4 956 6 3826 4 911 8 3647 2 956 8 3827 2 5572 5574 5578 38328 38535 38552 120 2594 Issue 1 02 02 8 139 RAE 5 PAMS 8 Troubleshooting Technical Documentation 6 Diagrams of Test Points Diagrams of test points refer to Section 11 Service Instructions 01 Page 8 140 Issue 1 02 02 PAMS Technical Documentation RAE 5 Series PDA 9 Schematic diagrams Issue 1 04 2002 Copyright 2002 Nokia Corporation All Rights Reserved PAMS RAE 5 Technical Documentation 9 Schematic diagrams AMENDMENT RECORD SHEET 0472002 Issue 1 04 2002 09 2 5 Technical Documentation CONTENTS Schematic Diagrams Block Diagram of UL1_07 QWERTY keypad Version 0 0 Edit 139 Block Diagram of UL1_07 CMT keyboard and PDA soft keys Version 0 0 Edit 22 Circuit Diagram of UL1_07 CMT UI LEDs
82. 3 0 8 Page 12 6 Issue 1 04 02 5 RAE 5 Technical Documentation 12 Accessories Data Cable DLR 2 RS 232 Data cable DLR 2 to be used for PC connectivity and fax mode Con nected between PC serial port and transceiver system connector Product Code Data Cable DLR 2 0730132 View of DLR 2 Issue 1 04 02 Page 12 7 RAE 5 PAMS 12 Accessories Technical Documentation Memory Card DTS 64 The PDA includes a synchronous serial interface that is compatible with the Multimedia Card Bus MMC Protocol The Memory card is a changeable Flash or ROM memory card with variable memory size DTS 64 memory pacity is 64Mbytes RAE 3 is compatible with 4MByte and 8MByte cards also Product Code Memory Card DTS 64 0273026 View of DTS 64 UOUUUUU 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 32mm Pme EN 5mm Page 12 8 Issue 1 04 02 5 RAE 5 Technical Documentation 12 Accessories Portable Accessories Audio Headset HDC 8L The audio headset can be used for normal voice calls instead of the PC audio Product Code Headset HDC 8L 0271368 View of HDC 9 Issue 1 04 02 Page 12 9 RAE 5 PAMS 12 Accessories Technical Documentation Mobile Charger LCH 9 Charging adapter for car environment Input voltage 9 32 V Output voltage 7 8 V 1 4V 1 0V Charger type Switching mode power supply Operation quick charge lt 0 5 2 5 h trickle charge Protection input fused output current limit Green LED indicatin
83. 470 50 C530 2320562 Chipcap 0 120p 50v C531 2320562 Chipcap 0 120p 50v C532 2320785 Chipcap x7r 47 10v C533 2320785 Chipcap x7r 47n 10v C534 2320783 Chipcap x7r 33n 10v C535 2320546 Chipcap npO 27p 50v C540 2320554 Chipcap 0 56p 50v C541 2320554 Chipcap npO 56p 50v C550 2320598 Chipcap x7r 3n9 j 50v C553 2312243 Chipcap x5r 4u7 k 6v3 C557 2320554 Chipcap 0 56p j 50v C560 2320548 33p 50 C561 2320778 Chipcap x7r 10 16v C562 2320546 Chipcap 0 27p 50v C564 2320783 Chipcap x7r 10v C600 2320560 Chipcap npO 100p 50v C601 2320560 Chipcap npO 100p 50v C610 2320602 Chipcap 0 4p7 c 50v C611 2320584 Chipcap x7r 1n0 50v C612 2320546 Chipcap npO 27p 50v C613 2320554 Chipcap 0 56p 50v C614 2320556 Chipcap npO 68p 50v C615 2320556 Chipcap npO 68p 50v C616 2320805 Chipcap x5r 100n k 10v C630 2320560 Chipcap npO 100p 50v C631 2320560 Chipcap npO 100p 50v C640 2320508 1 0 c 50v C642 2320584 Chipcap x7r 1 0 50v C643 2320540 Chipcap npO 15p 50v C644 2320546 Chipcap npO 27p 50v C645 2320540 Chipcap npO 15p 50v C646 2320805 Chipcap 5 100n k 10v C647 2320530 Chipcap npO 5p6 c 50v C648 2320540 Chipcap npO 15p 50v C649 2320540 Chipcap npO 15p 50v C701 2320554 Chipcap npO 56p 50v C703 2320805 Chipcap 5 100n k 10v C704 2320548 33p 50v C705 2320778 Chipcap x7r 10n k 16v C706 2320604 Chip
84. 5 100n k 10v C354 2320778 Chipcap x7r 10n 16v C355 2320805 Chipcap x5r 100n k 10v C356 2320778 Chipcap x7r 10n k 16v 357 2320778 Chipcap x7r 10n k 16v C358 2320778 Chipcap x7r 10n k 16v C359 2320778 Chipcap x7r 10n k 16v C360 2320805 Chipcap x5r 100n k 10v C361 2320778 Chipcap x7r 10n k 16v C362 2320805 Chipcap x5r 100n k 10v C363 2320778 Chipcap x7r 10n k 16v C364 2320805 Chipcap x5r 100n k 10v C365 2320778 Chipcap x7r 10n k 16v C366 2320805 Chipcap x5r 100n k 10v C369 2320805 Chipcap x5r 100n k 10v C370 2320778 Chipcap x7r 10n k 16v C450 2320544 Chipcap npO 22 50v C451 2320544 Chipcap npO 22 50v C452 2320544 Chipcap npO 22 50v C453 2320544 Chipcap npO 22 50v C454 2313205 Chipcap 5 2u2 z 35v C455 2320546 Chipcap 0 27p 50v C456 2320764 Chipcap x7r 6n8 k 25v C457 2320544 Chipcap npO 22 50v C458 2320544 Chipcap npO 22 50v C459 2320544 Chipcap npO 22 50v C460 2320584 Chipcap x7r 1n0 50v C461 2320778 Chipcap x7r 10n k 16v C462 2320778 Chipcap x7r 10n k 16v C463 2320778 Chipcap x7r 10n k 16v C464 2320778 Chipcap x7r 10n k 16v C510 2320135 Chipcap x7r 150n k 10v C511 2320135 Chipcap x7r 150n k 10v 0512 2320135 Chipcap x7r 150n 10v C513 2320135 Chipcap x7r 150n k 10v C520 2310505 Chipcap npO 470p 50v Page 10 12 Issue 1 02 02 5 RAE 5 Technical Documentation 10 Parts Lists C521 2310505 Chipcap 0 470 50 C522 2310505 Chipcap 0 470 50 C523 2310505 Chipcap 0
85. BBL 3B service battery Battery voltage must be 3 7 V Switch power on Short circuit VBAT VBB or VCORE line Supply voltage drops Switch power off and measure with multimeter which when the power is _ of these voltages have a short circuit Check visually switched on components which are connected to short circuited voltage line NO VB C124 and N Failure in battery line VB_CCONT Check L100 L101 and C115 3 7V X100 YES PURE 4 BN WE Remove Drain of V106 low Faulty circuit NO SLEEPCLK J303 amp around 60 1 00 0101 0102 32kHz Insert service inserted V106 R102 typ 32 768kHz YES E Faulty circuit N100 or faulty 32kHz clock circuit B100 C120 C121 C122 R113 R114 or R115 VBB C138 V2V C140 YES Pin5ofN102 YES 2 8 2 65 0V C111 YES N100 C140 or V108 or R105 R104 no Faulty circuit L102 C131 r L gt V105 R118 L103 V104 R116 R119 C118 C119 Figure 9 Oscilloscope screen shot Figure 10 8 18 Issue 1 02 02 5 RAE 5 Technical Documentation 8 Troubleshooting Tek 2 50 5 5 4 Acqs 1 10 12 38 Figure 10 Drain of V106 when battery is inserted Issue 1 02 02 Page 8 19 RAE 5 PAMS 8 Troubleshooting Technical Documentation 2 3 Device does not stay ON If the device is switched off without any visible reason there may be problems in the fo
86. Chipcap 0 3p3 50 Chipcap 5 100 10v Chipcap 1 8 50 Chipcap 1 8 50 Chipcap 0 100 50 Chipcap 0 15p 50 Chipcap 0 8 2 50 Chipcap 0 100 50 Chipcap 0 220 50v Chipcap 0 4 7 50 Chipcap 0 150p 50 Chipcap 0 3p9 50 Chipcap x5r 4 7 6v3 Chipcap 0 150p 50 Chipcap x5r 100 10v Chipcap 0 100 50 Chipcap x5r 2u2 10v Chipcap x7r 10n j 16v Chipcap x7r 1 0 50v Chipcap npO 15p 50v Chipcap 0 27p 50v Chipcap 5 100n k 10v Chipcap 0 2p2 c 50v Chipcap npO 10p j 50v Ferr bead 0 03 Ferr bead 0 03 Ferrite bead 0 05 Chip coil 10uh m 0 55a o Ferrite bead Or3 PAMS Technical Documentation 42R 100MH 42R 100MH 220R 1 O 47R 100 Issue 1 02 02 5 Technical Documentation L201 3203727 Ferrite bead Or3 471 100 L450 3640035 Filt z gt 450r 100m Or7max L451 3640035 Filt z gt 450r 100m Or7max L452 3640035 Filt z2450r 100m Or7max L453 3203743 Ferr bead 0 03 42r 100mh L454 3203743 Ferr bead Or03 42r 100mh L502 3645177 Chip coil 27 q26 800m L503 3646051 Chip coil 3n9 0 3 q28 L504 3646063 Chip coil 22n q28 800m L505 3646047 Chip coil 3n3 0n3 q28 L506 3646053 Chip coil 4n7 0n3 q28 L553 4551013 Dir coupl 897 5 1747 5mh L600 3646063 Chip coil 22n j q28 800m L631 3646009 Chip coil 10n q30 800m L633 3646047 Chip coil 3n3 0n3 q28 L646 3646095 Chip coil 2n2 0n1
87. Documentation 7 Service Software Instructions RX AM Suppression automatic This calibration is tuning the AM suppression performance of Hagar mixers and will have to be done in both bands If flash or Hagar have been replaced or Full Factory settings have been performed RX AM Suppression must be done EGSM Select Product Alt p Band b EGSM e Select Tuning Alt t RX Measurements A window now pops up RX Measurements AM Suppression Automatic RX AM Suppression Manual RX Filter Calibration Automatic nnm 00000 Figure 25 In the Select Function frame select RX RX AM Suppression Automatic Issue 1 04 02 Page 7 29 RAE 5 PAMS 7 Service Software Instructions Technical Documentation Click Measure A window now pops up RX Measurements Figure 26 Note Always use the latest Wintesla support DLLs Connect an external generator to the antenna connector of the phone and set up the generator Click OK in the Wintesla window the RSSI value is updated in the RX Measure ments window RX Measurements mg LOM Q G 0 RSSI value 114 1 dBm Figure 27 Click Save The RX AM suppression tuning is now completed EGSM 7 30 Issue 1 04 02 5 RAE 5 Technical Documentation 7 Service Software Instructions PCN Select Product Alt p Band b PCN p Select Tuning Alt t RX Measurements A window now pop
88. Figure 100 Check wear of handsfree speaker contact Check wear of battery removal switch pads Figure 100 AF8 Issue 1 02 02 Page 8 103 RAE 5 PAMS 8 Troubleshooting Technical Documentation 4 2 Display problem PDA or CMT displays are missing lines or columns or are not synchronised Corruption of PDA or CMT LCDs Check solderinf of 70 way connector YES Resolder connector Check soldering of 50 way connector Resolder connector Check hinge tracks for wear Replace part Figure 101 8 104 Issue 1 02 02 5 RAE 5 Technical Documentation 8 Troubleshooting 4 3 4 4 Battery Removal Switch problem If the battery removal switch is not functional check AF 8 for wear illustrated below Check that the RAE 3 software supports the battery removal switch fea ture Check wear of handsfree speaker contact Switch pads Figure 102 AF8 UL8 related keyboard problems ile Check the 70 and 50 connector solderings and general condition Re solder if fault found 2 Check the keypad surface for short circuits or dirt 3 Replace the flex Issue 1 02 02 Page 8 105 RAE 5 PAMS 8 Troubleshooting Technical Documentation 5 RF related troubleshooting Introduction to RF troubleshooting Measurements must be done using Spectrum Analyzer with high frequency high impedance passive probe LO reference frequencies and RF power
89. I Q modulator dual band power amplifier and a power control loop and Q signals are generated by baseband also in COBBA GJP ASIC After post filtering RC network they go into Q modulator HAGAR After modu lator the TX signal is amplified and buffered There are separate outputs for both E GSM and DCS1800 HAGAR TX output level is 3 dBm minimum at 2 8 V modulator supply voltage Next TX signals are converted to single ended by discrete baluns EGSM and DCS1800 branches are combined with diplexer The final amplification is realized with dual band power amplifier It has one 50 ohm input and two 50 ohm outputs PA is able to produce over 3 W 4 5 dBm Issue 1 04 02 Page 3 47 RAE 5 PAMS 3 RF System Module KL8 Technical Documentation input level in EGSM band and over 1 5 W 6 dBm input level in DCS1800 band into 50 ohm output Power control circuitry consists of discrete power detector common for EGSM and DCS1800 and error amplifier in HAGAR There is a directional coupler connected between PA output and antenna switch It is a dualband type and has input and outputs for both systems This signal is rectified in schottky diode and it produces a pulsed DC signal after filtering Power control loop in HAGAR has two outputs one for each band AGC strategy AGC amplifier is used to maintain the output level of the receiver in a certain range AGC has to be set before each received burst Receiver is swi
90. Issue 1 04 02 Page 3 25 92 0 70 9 55 uonnquisiq 3 7V BATTERY VPC HAGAR MADLinda VBB DOC Core OG E COBBA DIGIT INTERFACES CMT LCD PDALCD TXP gt Audio Amp VB CCONT LINEAR VBATT EE VBB Vcore MADLinda Core LMM MADLinda XIP Core DOC I O gt 3 0V Backlight IR 3 3V Vacc LINEAR a REG 4 VXOPWR lt SYNTHPWR zum ccc VR VR VTX COBBA VSIM Vc COBBA HAGAR COBBA bias Analog SIM HAGAR RF IC lt HAGARRSTX RX TX parts PLL 4 7 LINEAR REG lt HAGARRSTX SYSTEM HW PARTS 91M uieis S JH eoiuuoe 6 5 RAE 5 Technical Documentation 3 RF System Module KL8 Power up When main battery is connected to device powering on circuitry keeps CCONT PWRONX WDDISX pin connected to ground through1 resistor as long as CCONT releases the PURX reset signal This activates the CCONT immediate ly when battery is connected When the CCONT is activated it switches on internal baseband and core regu lators and generates a power up reset signal PURX for MADLinda External Vcore and VBB regulators are powered up Vcore slightly before VBB After 62ms CCONT releases the PURX reset signal When the PURX is re leased MADLinda releases the system reset ExtSysResetX the Flash reset FLRP
91. MADLinda Parameter Mini mum Output high 0 8 VBB Output low p Output cur rent Clock rate HAGAR synthesizer in terface clock COBBA GJP VCTCXO RFC VCTCXO MADLinda RXIP HAGAR COBBA GJP RXQP HAGAR COBBA GJP Voltage Resolution Load resis tance dy namic Load resis tance static Frequency 13 Signal ampli tude Load resis tance Load capaci 1 tance Output level 3 1400 Input imped ance Input capaci tance 00 1 8 Output level 300 1400 Input imped 1 ance Input capaci 8 tance Output Volt 1 15 1 2 25 age 3 0 ale Output Im 20 pedance External seri al load Load Current Automatic frequency control signal for VC TO XO High stability clock sig nal from RF block Series capacitance Single ended in phase RX signal to baseband Single ended quadrature RX signal to baseband Reference voltage for RX signals sink or source COBBA GJP HAGAR COBBA GJP HAGAR Page 3 22 Differential voltage swing DC level 1 2 Output im 500 pedance Differential in phase TX baseband signal for the modulator Issue 1 04 02 5 RAE 5 Technical Documentation 3 RF System Module KL8 Table 10 and DC Characteristics of signals between RF and System blocks continued Signal name From Parameter TXQP TXQN COBBA GJP HAGAR Differential Differential quadrature voltage
92. Technical Documentation 8 Troubleshooting 2 1 2 Flash memory fault indicated FLASH programming does not work YES If the fault information from the prommer is a The flash manufacturer and the device IDs in the existing Algorithm files do not match with the IDs received from the phone b The External RAM test failed in the Phone c The Phone does not send acknowledge signal ie drop the Flashbus TXD line to low state after the Prommer has sent the Algorithm code d The Prommer has detected a wrong ID byte in the MCU ID RESPONSE message which it has received from the Phone See Note Jump to Memory Tests Figure 6 Note Wintesla shows the following Flash ID s for every flash device when programming is going on If Flash ID bytes are correct the following bytes are shown Flash ID 0089 8864 0089 8864 0000 0000 3030 0130 Flash 0 Flash 1 device Flash 2 Flash 2 ID bytes for MD2212 D16 are 3030 0130 Flash 2 ID bytes for Plus MD3112 D16 are 4141 4141 Plus replaces during 2002 If one or more of Flash ID bytes is are wrong the Flash is faulty or there is short circuit in the flash interface Issue 1 02 02 Page 8 15 RAE 5 PAMS 8 Troubleshooting Technical Documentation 2 1 3 Flash VPP Error FLASH programming does not work If the fault information from the prommer is a The erasing status response from the Phone informs about fail The P
93. Two 8Mb XIP Flash devices are used for program code storage A 16Mbyte DiscOnChip DOC Flash memory is used with the flash file system having user data and part of the applications Applications in DOC memory are loaded to SDRAM for program execution The main battery voltage range RAE 5 is 3 0 to 4 2V Battery charging is controlled in SW using CCONT and CHAPS ASICs RAE 5 can also supply 3 V max 100mA accessory voltage out from system connector The system electronics run from a 2 8V power rail 1 8V is used as core voltage inside MADLinda and as voltage for XIP Flash memory interface Power supplying of the KL8 module both system HW and RF and also 2 8V supplying for the module is carried out in system HW A linear regulator is used to generate 2 8V VBB voltage and a DC DC converter is used to generate the 1 8V Vcore voltage Accessory voltage and MMC supply are generated with separate linear regulators Other supplies are generated using the CCONT power ASIC 4 7V needed DCT4 RF is generated in RF side CCONT gen erates also the main reset for the system Both 3V and 5V Plug in SIM cards are supported SIM is interfaced through CCONT which does signal level shifting and generates correct supply voltage for SIM A real time clock function is integrated into CCONT which utilizes the same 32kHz clock supply as the sleep clock A rechargeable backup battery provides backup power to run the RTC when the ma
94. Type Main 3 0 4 8 V Battery voltage battery 15 FLVPP Flash Vpp pins 15 and 16 con not UI signal nected in UL8 VPROG MADLinda pins 15 and 16 con not UI signal 09_10 nected in 018 Supply voltage Supply ground MADLinda Output higa 0888 Keyboard column poem Bees pasen MADLinda Refer to COLO Keyboard column Prog IO MADLinda Refer to COLO Keyboard colu Prog IO MADLinda Refer to COLO Keyboard colu Prog IO MADLinda Refer to COLO Keyboard co Prog 10 MADLinda Refer to COLO Keyboard co Prog 10 MADLinda Refer to COLO Keyboard co Prog 10 MADLinda Refer to COLO Keyboard co Prog 10 MADLinda Refer to COLO Keyboard co Prog 10 MADLinda Refer to COLO Keyboard co Prog lO MADLinda Output high 1 V Keyboard row Prog IO Output low 0 0 22 VBB Output current Input high 1 Input low 0 0 3 VBB Issue 1 04 02 Page 3 17 RAE 5 PAMS 3 RF System Module KL8 Technical Documentation Table 9 UI Connector continued Pin Signal Name From To Parameter Type 69 MADLinda Refer to aS N A row UO Prog IO 67 ROW2 MADLinda Refer to ROWO Keyboard row UO Prog IO ROW3 MADLinda Refer to ROWO Keyboard row UO Prog IO ROW4 MADLinda Refer to ROWO Keyboard row yo Prog 10 ROWSLCDCD MADLinda Output high 1 Serial LCD driver Prog 10 Command Data select
95. amp 120p AD_GNO 2808 al Gl 81 Wide connection oR RxI 66 2320562 0531 RXREF R564 25 960 1805 1880MHz below component E INP_LO HELD m sg SBOR 1 1430178 2 a 1430146 18 1430762 1439762 pod gl EA SR C648 E 5 204 gi 8 2802 2807 mE QUT CP 33 2320783 ye al y BI Jl 15 15 ual m lier rm USERS 4 2n7H vec 2k2 2k E 04 2320546 Mm C564 zz zll amp B 7 803 C807 2 03 _2 0535 8 3648005 5 reas 158p 1500 e 5 08681 2 2 LIES 5 amp 25 STI T 2328564 2320564 Pap EL 2717 spata FUR 2320556 alte 1196 1 L 270 scLk hae 4350273 27 1 2320466 im 01 2328538 2 KE 18 SLE a E 8 2310248 close to Hagaf ae VP_D_SEL RESET T TXVDET Not assembled E RESET LAYER 4 2 LAYER 4 10k TXVDCS TXVGSM 900914 1430756 C7 DET 150 1430778 1620505 2 83 osc_IN _Ht 2320540 g a 5 RESNET 2DB 8 84 VPCTRL FB L salla 5 a u8 VPCTRL G TXC E Se Ra 2320556 alls 29 T 0 VPCTRL_P 28 98 R541 i E 2 1430726 8500254 1820933 PES 1430848 V
96. and System blocks Signal name From To Parameter Mini Typi Maxi mum cal mum VBATT Main PA Voltage 3 0 3 6 4 8 V PA supply voltage battery CCONT RF Voltage 1 478 1 5 1 523 V Reference voltage VREF HAGAR for RF CCONT VCTCXO Voltage 2 7 2 8 2 85 V Supply voltage for VR1 VCTCXO Vdd bb Voltage 2 7 2 8 2 85 V Supply voltage for LNAs LNAs and Vdd bb HAGAR Voltage 2 7 2 8 2 85 V Supply voltage for divid VCO ers LO buffers prescal ers and VCO Charge pump Voltage 4 8 5 0 V Supply voltage for PLL regulator charge pump regulator HAGAR Voltage 2 7 2 8 2 V Supply voltage for LNA2 mixer DTOS 7 2 8 VREF CCONT VR4 CCONT 5V5 CCONT VR2 CCONT HA GARRSTX VR5 VR7 MADLinda MADLinda HAGAR Output high gt Output low p Output Cur 2 rent 0 8 VBB 0 0 8 VBB 0 22 VBB VBB 0 22 VBB 5 2 85 HAGAR Voltage 2 2 85 V Supply voltage for TX modulator VBB V HAGAR reset active LOW HAGAR synthesizer in terface enable MADLinda Issue 1 04 02 0 8 VBB 0 0 22 VBB 2 mA HAGAR Output high gt Output low p Output Cur rent HAGAR high 1 low 0 Output Cur rent Data rate Mbit s HAGAR synthesizer in terface control data Page 3 21 RAE 5 3 RF System Module KL8 PAMS Technical Documentation Table 10 AC and DC Characteristics of signals between RF and System blocks continued Signal name From
97. assembled device with a faultless memory card inserted If necessary proceed with tests in the jig with the faultless memory card in serted Clk Cmd and Data OK means that frequency rise and fall timing are OK during various operating modes Note During initialization phase lower frequency the response via MMCCmd line from card to MAD is sent in open drain mode i e rise time is about 1us Voltage of MMCCmd and MMCDa signals depends on direction of transfer MAD I O voltage is 2 8V and Card I O is 3 0V Test pads J10x are located on the JL4 board of the Module Jig Troubleshooting diagram next page Figure 39 Issue 1 02 02 Page 8 53 RAE 5 PAMS 8 Troubleshooting Technical Documentation interface check Run WinTesla Memory card test YES A faulty Memory Card used before 7 SW corruption Run Memory Card cover Switch Assembled device faulttest EK 99 9 e eT ee See Measure VMMC 4104 while re running the MemCard test Check X001 4 Measure N103 control from D while Ref re running the Memory card test cover switch Measure fault tree J105 while re running the test Check X001 5 004 and V001 4 Measure J102 while re running the test Check 001 2 8005 002 V001 3 YES lt gt Measure MMCDa J107 Check X001 7 8001 003 and V001 6 YES Undefined
98. balanced signal for Hagar N505 signal path is through 2620 In band insertion loss 3 5dB through the matching circuit C613 2612 2613 and to the EGSM LNA transistor base V700 RFin LNA has about 20dB gain when it is on LNA_G 2 5V and 2 8 If the signal applied to the antenna connector is more than 459 the AGC will gainstep the LNA LNA_G OV which means the LNA Gain will now have negative gain loss From the LNA transistor collector V904 RF out the signal is lead through the LNA output matching circuit R610 7615 C610 through the 274 EGSM SAW 2600 In band insertion loss 3 5dB to the EGSM balun T700 From the balun the signal is balanced and is lead to Hagar N500 IMP_GSM_RX and GSM Page 8 110 Issue 1 02 02 5 RAE 5 Technical Documentation 8 Troubleshooting 5 1 5 Hagar The balanced RX signal is mixed with a signal from the local oscillator at the same frequency as the wanted RX signal After mixing the signal is converted to a singleended signal in the DtoS Differential to Singleended amplifier The signal is now filtered in a BIQUAD filter to provide channelseparation amplified in the BB_Gain amplifier and DC compensated in DCN2 Issue 1 02 02 Page 8 111 RAE 5 PAMS 8 Troubleshooting Technical Documentation 5 2 PCN Receiver General Instructions for troubleshooting for PCN RX Connect the phone to a PC with a DAU 9P cable Start Wint
99. check ensures if module fault really exists See the diagram Figure 11 next page Issue 1 02 02 Page 8 21 RAE 5 8 Troubleshooting Display information NOT CHARGING R121 voltage is 1 1V when charger is connected R123 voltage is 0 5V when charger is connected 1Hz or 32Hz square wave is connected Voltage over R101 0 1 V when charger is connected Check BLL 3 BSI resistor X100 R121 R122 Check BLL 3 BTEMP NTC X100 R122 123 CHRG_CTRL when charger Check R451 R461 C456 Fault in N101 Perform Energy Management Calibration with WinTesla software and JBE 2 set Charging OK Page 8 22 Fault in N101 Figure 11 PAMS Technical Documentation Nothing happens when charger is connected V in voltage at R111 gt 0 4 V YES Perform Energy Management Calibration with WinTesla software and JBE 2 set Calibration OK mm Charging OK NO Check BLL 3 X100 X450 F450 V450 1453 L454 R107 R111 C454 C455 Fault in N100 or N101 Fault in N100 Note No square wave if phone displays NOT CHARGING Issue 1 02 02 5 RAE 5 Technical Documentation 8 Troubleshooting 2 5 Backup Battery CAUTION Danger of explosion if the battery is incorrect
100. da IC which is located in the system block LO signal is generated by SHF VCO module VCO has double frequency in DCS1800 and x 4 frequency in E GSM compared to actual RF channel fre quency LO signal is divided by two or four in HAGAR depending on system mode Receiver Receiver is a direct conversion dualband linear receiver Received RF signal from the antenna is fed via RF antenna switch to 1st RX dualband SAW filter and discrete LNAs low noise amplifier There are separate LNA branches for EGSM900 and DCS1800 After the LNA amplified signal with low noise level is fed to bandpass filter 2nd RX dualband SAW filter These bandpass filtered signals are then balanced with baluns Differential RX signal is amplified and mixed directly down to BB frequency in HAGAR Local oscillator signal is generated with external VCO VCO signal is divided by 2 DCS1800 or by 4 EGSM900 PLL and dividers are in HAGAR IC From the mixer output to ADC input RX signal is divided into and signals Accurate phasing is generated in LO dividers After the mixer DTOS amplifiers convert the differential signals to single ended Next stage in the receiver chain is AGC amplifier also integrated into HAGAR AGC has digital gain control via serial mode bus from MADLinda IC Single ended filtered l Q signal is then fed to ADCs COBBA IC Input level for ADC is 1 4 Vpp max Transmitter Transmitter chain consists of final frequency
101. from the local oscillator at the same frequency as the wanted RX signal After mixing the signal is converted 8 114 Issue 1 02 02 5 RAE 5 Technical Documentation 8 Troubleshooting to a single ended signal in the DtoS Differential to Single ended amplifier The signal is now filtered in a BIQUAD filter to provide channel separation amplified in the BB_Gain amplifier and DC compensated in DCN2 Issue 1 02 02 Page 8 115 RAE 5 8 Troubleshooting 5 3 EGSM Transmitter PAMS Technical Documentation General troubleshooting instructions for EGSM TX Apply a RF cable to the RF connector to allow the transmitted signal to act as normal RF cable should be connected to measurement equipment or to at least 10 dB attenuator otherwise the may be damaged Start Wintesla Service Software and Select Product Alt p Band b GSM g Select Testing Alt e RF Controls r TX Power Level BASE Alt x b TX Continuos Alt c TX Data Type Random Alt d r Channel 60 Alt n 60 Apply Alt a 5 3 1 Path of transmitted EGSM signal 5 VTX_B_G Pere tie Se vou Controls aT RX HEN Dir Coupler PA Buiter Diplexer we
102. is read from the BTEMP line s voltage lev el This voltage is formed by the system HW s pull up resistor 100 and bat tery pack s NTC resistor Level is read with CCONT s BTEMP A D input AUDIO block The function of the AUDIO block is to interface between the digital world of the System Hardware and the analogue world of the audio and RF stages Main components include COBBA N200 Hands free audio amplifier N201 FET V200 for amplifier shut down control V202 for mic lines EMI filtering ESD protection Page 3 36 Issue 1 04 02 5 RAE 5 Technical Documentation 3 RF System Module KL8 RFI Audio is a combined AUDIO and for phones with serial RF TxIQ amp RxIQ data lines and serial control interface COBBA handles the following functions IF receiving with separation and A D conversion Rxl RXQ and Q transmit and D A conversion Txl TxQ transmit power control TXC D A conversion Automatic frequency control AFC D A conversion Digital communication between COBBA GJP and MADLinda is handled by MADLinda s SerialMFl block which controls both serial RF TxIQ and RxIQ data transfer and COBBAS control interface RAE 5 includes both normal phone audio and personal handsfree PHF audio functionality Handsfree mode is implemented by speaker and normal mode by earpiece Speaker and ea
103. levels and Oscilloscope with a 10 1 probe DC voltages and low frequency signals The RF section is build around one ASICS Hagar 505 For easier trouble shooting this RF troubleshooting document is divided into sections Before changing Hagar please check the following things Supply voltages are OK and serial communication are coming to Hagar Please note that the grounding of the PA module is directly below PA module so it is difficult to check or change Most RF semiconductors are static dis charge sensitive So ESD protection must be taken during repair ground straps and ESD soldering irons Hagar are moisture sensitive so parts must be pre baked prior to soldering Apart from key components described in this document here are a lot of dis crete components resistors inductors and capacitors which troubleshooting is done by checking if soldering of the component is done properly for factory re pairs checking if it is missing from PWB Capacitors can be checked for short ening and resistors for value by means of an ohmmeter but be aware in circuit measurements should be evaluated carefully Please be aware that all measured voltages or RF levels in this document are rough figures Especially RF levels varies due to different measuring equipment or different grounding of the used probe 5 RF related 5 1 EGSM receiver 5 2 PCN receiver 5 3 EGSM transmitter 5 4 PCN transmitter 5 5 Synthesizer 5 6 Frequency
104. may change later rected Diff offset voltage 5 0 mV temp depen dence Source imped 500 ohm ance Load capactance e TXC COBBA HAGAR Voltage Min 012 1018 V Transmitter power Vout temperature dependence Source imped ance active state Input resistance Input capacitance Settling time Noise level uVrms 0 200 kHz Resolution Issue 1 04 02 Page 3 59 RAE 5 PAMS 3 RF System Module KL8 Technical Documentation Timings Transmit power Timing NN Modulator power unknown min 34015 Control 7 writings 1 5 Figure 14 Transmitter control timing diagram for all kind of TX bursts Synthesizer clocking Synthesizers are controlled via serial control bus which consists of SDATA SCLK and SENA1 signals These lines form a synchronous data transfer line SDATA is for the data bits SCLK is 3 25 MHz clock and SENAt is latch enable which stores the data into counters or registers The signal SENA1 is latch en able also for HAGAR control register which is used for programming some in ternal functions in HAGAR e g in band changing In this case SCLK and SDA TA are used the same way as in PLL programming Table 45 Internal antenna connector Operating frequency range 1880 Insertion loss in GSM band Insertion loss in DCS band 1 Page 3 60 Issue
105. missing Issue 1 02 02 Page 8 87 RAE 5 8 Troubleshooting Start Section 1 Picture on LCD See Section 3 YES Check test YES Measure V5Y_1 should be appr 15V See Section bl8 Measure related BRIGHT problems Fig 81 OK Measure Check components SE EUM R063 and R070 be 1 4V OK Check components 068 R072 R077 and V056 Measure CONT should be 400mV OK PAMS Technical Documentation Measure ST_INVOUT Fig 79 OK YES Measure DD_P1 Check components 1050 C068 V062 and V069 YES gt Check components C058 and R075 Display ASIC fault D054 Measure TEMP should be 850mV OK YES YES Measure FB should be 900mV OK Check components V055 and V058 NO Check components R066 V061 R067 R076 V066 R078 and R081 NO patterns with WinTesla OK YES LCD OK Page 8 88 NO Figure 74 See Section 2 Issue 1 02 02 5 RAE 5 Technical Documentation 8 Troubleshooting Start Section 2 Measure Check V5Y Fig 85 Measure YES components and VCCY FRYS Fig 84 between FRYS Fig 86 OK V5Y and
106. power circuit and a control IC Display mode D TFD Color Transmissive Frame frequency 51 5 Hz typical Display brightness 100nit full brightness typical PDA LCD Backlight circuit Piezo mE Driver circuit transformer Figure 3 Backlight Power Supply The control circuit generates a square wave input to the piezo driver circuit This signal is maintained at the resonant frequency of the piezo transformer The driver is based around 2 FETs in Push pull configuration There is a single coil between the FETs and the piezo transformer Both FETs are turned off while the CCFL is off during dimming BACKPWM low Page 4 16 Issue 1 04 02 5 RAE 5 Technical Documentation 4 User Interfaces The piezo transformer part is soldered onto a FPC with the CCFL The CCFL lamp is 2 6mm outer diameter and 1 8 mm inner diameter Double tube CCFT Lamp and Piezo unit 1078 par no 4850183 Figure 4 CCFT Lamp and piezo unit reference number PDA LCD Power circuit PDA LCD power circuit generates the bias voltages necessary for the PDA dis play panel Block diagram below Issue 1 04 02 Page 4 17 RAE 5 PAMS 4 User Interfaces Technical Documentation LCD VOY V5Y Swing Mode VOU Regulator FRY Synchronisation Control ASIC YSCL XINH Figure 5 Block diagram of PDA Power Supply The flyback regulator generates a negative bias voltage Nominally 12V from the battery volta
107. problems 8 105 4ULS8 FLEX related isc bb bre per RE 8 106 4 1 Audio troubleshooting 8 106 4 2 Display problemi iaa ette a i o e arce aise e RC o acp 8 107 4 3 Battery Removal Switch problem 8 108 4 4 UL8 related keyboard problems 8 108 5 related troubleshooting rere Ret br RR ehe 8 109 Introduction to RF troubleshooting 8 109 RF Key Component Placement 8 110 5 8 111 General Instructions for troubleshooting for EGSM RX 8 111 5 1 1 Troubleshooting diagram for EGSM 8 112 35 12 Signal dats idol nine RO ERU 8 113 5 L3 RX TX SWIC Det e Renee io reete eer 8 113 514 Front end cess eee eee gen 8 113 SS EPUM 8 114 5 2 PON R6C6lV6f E E 8 115 General Instructions for troubleshooting for PCN RX 8 115 5 2 1 PON Signal Path perdere 8 117 5222 RXVEX Swatch iiiter RES 8 117 TLO Fron en astra ETT 8 117 2 24 oio m ee EH
108. q40 L647 3646005 Chip coil 2n7 0n3 q29 L746 3646027 Chip coil 33n q7 100mh L747 3646027 Chip coil 33n q7 100mh L751 3203705 Ferrite bead 0 015r 42r L752 3645201 Chip coil 56nh j q38 200 L800 3648808 Chip coil 10u 50 B100 4510219 Crystal 32 768khz 30ppm G800 4350273 Vco 3420 3840mhz 2 7v 20 G830 4510261 Vctcxo 26mhz 5ppm 2 7v F450 5119019 Sm fuse f 1 5a 32v 0603 Z400 4120051 esd filt1Och ip4026c Z401 4120051 esd filt1 Och ip4026c Z402 4120051 esd filt1 Och ip4026c Z403 4120051 esd filt1Och ip4026c Z404 4120051 esd Och ip4026c Z600 4511093 Dual saw 11925 960 180 2620 4511093 Dual saw 11925 960 180 2670 4512131 Ant switch 2671 4550067 Dipl 880 960 1710 1880 2700 4511095 Saw filter T600 3640429 Transf balun 900mhz 10 T630 3640421 Transf balun 1 8ghz 10 T700 3640429 Transf balun 900mhz 10 T740 3640421 Transf balun 1 8ghz 10 T800 3640423 Transf balun 3 7ghz 30 V001 4113655 Tvs quad bi esda6v1bc6 6 V101 4110441 Sch di stps0520z 20v 0 5 V102 4211251 Mfet 2sk3019 n 30v 0 1a V103 4113655 Tvs quad bi esda6v1bc6 6 V104 4110451 Sch di mbrm120 20v 1a V105 4340919 Dc dc conv 2 9 5 5v tea1 V106 4211251 Mfet 2sk3019 n 30v 0 1a Issue 1 02 02 RAE 5 10 Parts Lists 47R 100 OR7MAX OR7MAX OR7MAX 42R 100MH 42R 100MH Q26 800M Q28 Q28 800M Q28 Q28 Q28 800M Q30 800M Q28 Q40 Q29 Q7 100MH Q7 100MH 42R Q38 200 32 768KHZ4 30PPM
109. s feed back resistor are internally disconnected from the output pin when the regulator is not enabled so output will not affect DCE DTR line s normal signal usage regulator is controlled with CTRL sig nal MADLinda s MPUGenOut1 Use of CCONT ADC channels Following table describes the analogue signals measured with CCONT s A D converter Table 11 ADC in CCONT CCONT PIN CON MEASURES ADC input range NAME NECTED SIGNAL Notused DIV Vrei ICHAR Charger current measured through a 0 220 resistor X101 0 1V VBAT 0 4V VBAT VB CCONT Main battery voltage 0 1V VBAT VCHAR V_IN Charger voltage through voltage division 0 1V Vref Not used 0 1V Vref Main battery size indicator Main battery temperature HEADDET External accessory detect HEADDET The type of the connected main battery is identified from the BSI line s voltage level This voltage is formed by the system HW s pull up resistor 100k 2 and battery back s pull down resistor Level is read with CCONT s BSI A D input The BSI contact on the battery connector is also used to detect when the bat tery is being removed to be able to shut down the operations of the SIM card before the power is lost The BSI contact is shorter than the supply power con tacts so this contact breaks first when the battery pack is removed giving some time for the shut down operations The temperature of the main battery
110. the Install Remove program press the Extras application button Select the Control Panel application and then the Install Remove applica tion Install SIS package Press Install new button Press Browse button Select Memory card by pressing Arrow key once Press OK button Select All Nokia 92XX data XX SIS and press OK Page 7 18 Issue 1 04 02 5 RAE 5 Technical Documentation 7 Service Software Instructions After Programming Restore data from the Memory Card Press the Office application button select the File Manager application and press Open Press the Menu key and select Menory card gt Restore from memory card Press Restore to restore all the backed up memory card data to the Com municator Now you have new software in the Communicator Issue 1 04 02 Page 7 19 RAE 5 PAMS 7 Service Software Instructions Technical Documentation Troubleshooting for the N9210 SW upgrade If something went wrong during flashing If you have a dead RAE 5 le Do not try to switch phone on 2 Use product gt RAE 5 Figure 12 Wintesla will prompt you Did not find a phone in current connection Answer Yes Flash Menu Selection x 2 Did notfind a phone in current connection Select YES to open flash only menu or NO to try next connection if any Connection parameters are COMBOX with bus M2BUS in port 1 Figure 12 Flash menu selection
111. user data memory and to store applications The SIM Subscriber Identity Module card is located inside the communicator next to the battery pack Issue 1 04 02 Page 2 5 RAE 5 PAMS 2 General Information Technical Documentation MMC Card ap Figure 3 and SIM Cards The 5 is running both PDA and phone software in a single RISC CPU The RAE 5 is also using EPOC32 operating system based software platform 2 is an operating system from Psion Software Inc NOTE Due to the infrared data link the RAE 5 is officially specificed as CLASS 1 LASER PRODUCT See IEC 60825 1 specification 825 1 Labelling 5 1 General 5 2 Class 1 List Of Modules The bottom assembly contains one electronic module This contains a single PWB KL8 RF amp System Module Standard KL8 PWB with FLASH memories Keyboard and hinge flex UL8 Module built up from FL1 FPC AF8 audio module PWB and connectors UI Module PDA amp CMT displays built onto UL2 PWB Mechanics MRAE 3 All mechanical parts excluding language de pendant parts like QWERTY Keymat and some others For variant information kindly refer to the Variants section of this manual Page2 6 Issue 1 04 02 5 RAE 5 Technical Documentation 2 General Information Accessories General Accessories Batteries Name of module Type code Material code High power Battery BLL 3 0670290 Lithium ion 1300 mAh prism
112. worn 3 Ensure solder wire or foreign matter does not enter the telephone as damage may result Use only approved components as specified in the parts list 5 Ensure all components modules screws and insulators are correctly re fitted after servicing and alignment Ensure all cables and wires are repositioned correctly 6 All PC s used with NMP Service Software for this produce must be bios and operating system 2000 Compliant Draft 01 04 02 Nokia Corporation Page 5 RAE 5 Foreword NOKIA PAMS Technical Documentation ESD Protection Page 6 A Nokia requires that phone repair places have sufficient ESD protection against static electricity when servicing cellular phones A cellular phone which is ready for use can be handled normally without ESD protection The SIM card and battery can be replaced in normal conditions of use To replace the color cover ESD protection must be applied except for the phone covers which can be replaced by the customer All electronic parts of the phone including the display are susceptible to ESD Resistors too can be damaged by static electricity discharge All ESD sensitive parts must be packed in metallized protective bags during shipping and handling outside any ESD Protected Area EPA Every repair action involving opening the phone or handling the phone components must be done under ESD protection ESD protected spare part packages MU
113. x Active Unit peration Mode Close ger ORK Continuous Sene IX 6 Burst Help TX Data e E TX Power Level Set Defaults Get Defaults Cont Mode Ch 947 000000 Channel 947 000000 Monitoring Ch 935 200000 Gain Step Val b Multislot On TX Power Level 2 Gain Step 2 Val 5 Settling Time 0 Figure 31 RF Controls Issue 1 04 02 Page 7 33 RAE 5 PAMS 7 Service Software Instructions Technical Documentation Set Active unit to TX Set TX Data Type to Rand Click Apply Click Close Select Tuning Alt t TX Power Alt P A window now pops up Figure 32 TX Power Tuning e J Cc 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 4 0 0 0 Figure 32 Tune levels 19 15 5 and Base accordance with the target values Click calculate check if the other levels match the targets correct if necessary Click Save when all values matches the targets Page 7 34 Issue 1 04 02 5 Technical Documentation PCN tuning Select Product Band PCN Select Testing RF Controls A window now pops up Figure 33 RF Controls Figure 33 Set Active unit to TX Set TX Data Type to Rand Click Apply Click Close Select Tuning TX Power Issue 1 04 02 RAE 5 7 Service Software Instructions Alt t Alt P Page 7 35 RAE 5 PAMS 7 Service Software Instructions Technical Documentation A window now pops up TX
114. 0 C1 Width EISE Unstable histogram Freq 21 7748 2 j Unstable histogram Tek 50 0MS s 1013 Acqs 00 VT OS Chi 7 1 60 V 19 2001 11 28 57 Figure 95 RES signal Tek 500MS s 71 Acqs a 720 1 76 96 ay ERT Jan 2001 11 18 03 Figure 96 signal Page 8 98 Issue 1 02 02 5 RAE 5 Technical Documentation 8 Troubleshooting Tek 25 0MS s 471 Acqs 360mv 880 width 928ns Unstable histogram Freq 10 8334kH2 Unstable histogram 26 05 1 60 V 19 2001 11 26 09 Figure 97 LP signal Tek 10 0MS s 145 Acqs 360mv 10 880mV C1 Mean 1 394 V 1 1 us repe der 5 41508 2 Ms50 0gs Chi F 1 60 V 19 2001 11 20 03 Figure 98 FR signal Issue 1 02 02 8 99 RAE 5 PAMS 8 Troubleshooting Technical Documentation 3 4 Backlight troubleshooting PDA backlight dark dim LCD PWR signal HIGH R155 X001 Check BACKPWM signal HIGH or X001 R156 335 Hz square wave C160 V160 Check LED assembly X006 connector NO Change UL1 module Page 8 100 I
115. 0 EE V202 e T N20 E c xs N Siem Uu e C205 gt C206 amp 19 R116 eas Coco Issue 1 04 2002 09 23 PAMS Technical Documentation RAE 5 Communicator 10 Parts Lists Issue 102 02 Copyright 2002 Nokia Corporation All Rights Reserved RAE 5 PAMS 10 Parts Lists Technical Documentation AMENDMENT RECORD SHEET Amendment Inserted By Comments Number 89 0 Page 10 2 Issue 1 02 02 5 RAE 5 Technical Documentation 10 Parts Lists CONTENTS Troubleshooting Page No FOLGWOPU POAMOOUIGS Exploded Diagram CMT Parts Exploded Diagram PDA Parts Exploded Diagram Parts List Of Issue 1 02 02 Page 10 3 RAE 5 PAMS 10 Parts Lists Technical Documentation Foreword This section of the service manual contains specific details for the RAE 5 spare parts and modules Exploded Diagram 1 2 Page 10 4 Issue 1 02 02 5 Technical Documentation Exploded Diagram 2 2 Issue 1 02 02 RAE 5 10 Parts Lists fr 69
116. 0 E Riss 24 088 E oo pue 2 090 c J X002 i 212 2 82 s 55555 EIE JE 12006 B coio E 063 RO E 062 061 X Ws 180 E 1 F 2 2 den H H Ler S 9 8071 42 8075 C 034 mg 5 V062 9 ms SEE Te mm B 073 5 SIT 5 8 0501 5 d 050 058 ID C059 EJ 069 ga BB C178 ES 056 ma RO 8 E fo 5 x V055 gt LU Issue 1 04 2002 259 C131 V20 C258 254 209 256 205 204 6257 207 1208 202 Rog E N e S Rae lt B BB E Im V200 RAE 5 9 Schematic diagrams 007 004 09 9 5 RAE 5 Technical Documentation 9 Schematic diagrams Parts Placement Diagram of UL1_07 2 2 S251 0252 0262 C260 5261 uv C250 C261 Uv 006 on C
117. 00 and LindaMAD D300 are not possible to measure KL8 module because traces are running in inner layers of PWB Issue 1 02 02 Page 8 51 RAE 5 8 Troubleshooting PAMS Technical Documentation Insert SIM card fault 5V card Check 5V charge pump ae C10 V101 C110 YES NO 5V YES Check Voltage level between R121 and C126 When BSI resistor connected included in service jig YES Check R121 R122 X100 C126 YES 3V card Check N100 CCONT C112 C113 Replace if necessary VSIM at SIM card pin NO 3V 2 8V min with 3V card 4 5V with 5V card YES Check VSIM DATA RESET CLOCK lines at the pins of ASIM connector X100 IM xxx cardside signals at measurement points YES YES Check SIM card SIM card reader mechanical connections Lines rising 0V 3V 5V after power on Check VSIM V103 pin 3 DATA 0 R109 SIMRST 0 R125 at N100 CCONT side ref Measurement point diagram Faulty PWB Faulty D300 Still problem Replace D300 MAD 8 52 Check X100 V103 R109 R112 R125 Lines YES rising 0V 3V 5V after power on NO Replace N100 Still problem NO YES SIM I O OK N100 faulty Figure 38 Issue 1 02 02 5 RAE 5 Technical Documentation 8 Troubleshooting 2 14 Memory Card 2 14 1 Memory Card Interface Troubleshooting Start with
118. 07 J310 J311 J312 SDRRASX J313 SDRCASX SDRWEX Bottom SDRQML Bottom SDRDQMU Bottom GENSCLK Bottom SynthPWR Bottom TxPA Bottom Issue 1 04 02 11 15 RAE 5 PAMS 11 Disassembly and Service Instructions Technical Documentation Table 1 System HW test points KL8_05 continued J324 COBBASDa Bottom COBBAIDa Bottom SEPO Bottom Bottom 1 J332 JTRst Bottom J333 JTDI Bottom FLADVX FLCLK FLWPX MPUGenIO1 SDRAd6 SDRDa8 FLAd5 J351 FLDa7 Bottom Page 11 16 Issue 1 04 02 5 RAE 5 Technical Documentation 11 Disassembly and Service Instructions OHE L1 0546 e eJ3368 0 55 e e 0 0 3328 par on 0 e 317 303 3909 E 000 S000 ol E 0305 co 0 0 00000 Ce ce Figure 24 KL8 test points top Table 2 System HW test points KL8 05 J309 PCMDCIk Top Ls COBBAQDa Top SEPI Top JTDO Top SEPCSX Top SER FL RPY Top MPUGenlO2 SDATA SynthData test point RF sheet op J501 SCLK Top SynthClk test point in RF sheet J502 SENA1 Top SynthEna1X test point in RF sheet CCFT Lamp and piezo refer to Service Bulletin 006 Issue 1 04 02 Page 11 17 RAE 5 PAMS 11 Disassembly and Service Instructions Technical Documentatio
119. 1 82 bs al 271310 TH 21 ig 2124510 07 11 0001 a 8190001 ONS 5 0 650007 WHISSA id 8 pv 890021 HWISSA Ba yg 19000 5 I8 71 5 tv 990001 EN 4 5 zy 520007 HW100 971 gt 15902 2 1y 790097 B 90007 gt 8412 99VA 2 0 29002 14 855 z0 190007 01554 4 gt and 05 8 10 8 0007 01554 Sa 3MOOA 302A 4 NGHS7dW 5 Xd id 01554 gt 8 Sper ey 21214 0155 bber 4 0 74 0156 777 4 4 33 0156 S xan ONO ONO ONS 4 ever ziv ISSA E ugg f Siy 3014 01554 1189 128 6252 9180 6162 2 CALA gig 25914 01554 X15073 FIA BEEP Ty XOS914 01224 gt 33 8 OIII T 22 01294 gt Wd 2 Sig 12273 01024 Sig 210 1612973 01901 58 8l giv 81213 913 3 14 si Sid 1213 12073 SN 88A n EH IY Pleas 90 m ti Li 517 2190713 ei 2X0 b XaxX Lal zi OJ ZIPA 212013 m 2 pvo 119014 Hu EIJ 8IPY 81903 di 5 LiB SPV 59013 53 5 2X0 22 JI 8 Z
120. 1 V Load resistance 10 kohm Synthesizer blocks VCTCXO reference oscillator The VCTCXO is the reference oscillator for the SHF synthesizer It also gener ates reference clock signal for the digital parts in the system blocks The os cillation frequency can be adjusted using the AFC control voltage Table 39 Electrical specifications Supply voltage Vcc Current consumption Operating temperature range Page 3 54 Issue 1 04 02 5 RAE 5 Technical Documentation 3 RF System Module KL8 Table 39 Electrical specifications VCTCXO continued Nominal frequency 26 2 Duty Cycle T Ttotal Start up time ms output level within 90 and output frequency limits 0 05 from the final value SHF PLL in HAGAR Table 40 PLL parameters Parameters e Us Input frequency range 1700 4100 Reference input freq 26 30 MHz Reference input level 500 mVpp VCO module Table 41 Electrical specifications Zo 50 ohm Parameter Conditions Unit Notes Supply voltage Vcc 2 7 0 1 Supply current Vcc 2 8 V lt 20 2 25 Control voltage Vc Vec 2 55 2 85 V 0 8 3 7 Output power level 2 5 V gt 3 f 3420 3840 MHz Output impedance and VSWR f 3420 3840 MHz 50 ohms VSWR lt 2 Issue 1 04 02 Page 3 55 RAE 5 PAMS 3 RF System Module KL8 Techni
121. 140 mA running 145 mA running 445 mA 255 mA max brightness HF call HF call on PDA display Identify the failed module UL8 DL1 KL8 using the MJS 19 jig Issue 1 02 02 Page8 9 5 RAE 5 8 Troubleshooting Technical Documentation 1 System HW UI Troubleshooting Cases 1 1 Dead Device Dark display Check supply voltage Go to General Power Checking short circuit possible Check serial connection with WinTesla Go to Flashing troubleshooting general power check Check connectors BL8 UL8 UL8 DL2 DL2 displays YES Replace defective connector Connectors OK Identify failed module BL8 UL8 DL2 with MJS 14 jig Go to UI related troubleshooting of failed module BL8 related CMT UI troubleshooting BL8 failed BL8 related PDA UI troubleshooting BL8 failed CMT LCD troubleshooting DL2 failed No picture faultly picture on PDA LCD 012 failed PDA backlight troubleshooting DL2 failed UL8 keyboard module troubleshooting UL8 failed Figure 1 Page 8 10 Issue 1 02 02 5 Technical Documentation 1 2 RAE 5 8 Troubleshooting Keypad problems 1 2 3 test 4 Connect the phone under test to Wintesla Select Testing User interface testing Select the CMT to be tested from the Display panel and click Start key test figure 1 The test starts and the button text changes to Stop k
122. 15 4219908 4115863 4211202 4211239 4208607 4110601 4115863 4219922 4110591 4110601 4211363 4211371 4211641 4115863 4115863 4110963 4860301 4219904 4219904 4219904 4219904 4864531 4864531 4864531 4864531 4864531 4864531 4219904 4860301 4864531 4864531 4340222 4340451 4340451 4341135 4341043 4341041 4340845 4340891 4341039 4341017 Page 10 22 Di fast 155355 80v0 1a 4 Di fast 155355 80 0 1 lt 4 Di fast 155355 80 0 1 lt 4 Dix2 fast da204u 20v o 1 Trx2 umzin n amp p 40v 0 1a Schdix2 rb480k 40v lt 1 Dix2 fast da204u 20v o 1 Trx2 no new des Schdix2 rb480k 40v lt 1 Dmfet bss84 no new d Mfet bsh201 p 60v 0 3a Fet bss138 n 50v 0 2a Di fast 155355 80v0 1a 4 Schdix2 rb480k 40v lt 1 Trx2 umzin n amp p 40v 0 1a Schdix2 rb7061 40 40v se Di fast 155355 80v0 1a 4 Mfet fdc634p p3 5a 20v 0 Mfet fdc633n n 5 2a 30v0 Mfet fdg312p p20v 1a2 Or Schdix2 rb480k 40v lt 1 Schdix2 rb480k 40v lt 1 Cap di bb155 2v8 0v3 26 Led 875 white 90 vf lt Trx2 40 0 1a180m Trx2 n40v 0 1a180m Trx2 n40v 0 1a180m Trx2 40 0 1a180m Led 9983 white vf 3 6v Led 9983 white vf lt 3 6v Led 9983 white vf 3 6v Led 9983 white vf lt 3 6v Led 9983 white vf lt 3 6v Led 9983 white vf lt 3 6v Trx2 umx1n 40 0 1a180m Led lwy87s white 90 vf lt Led 9983 white vf 3 6v led Iwq983 white vf lt 3 6v 74
123. 15250 Je In Canl 1 7478 DHT 30 bom miz Ib 22558 Figure 51 Marker 1 shows the wanted signal Marker 2 and marker 3 show the unwanted signals Page 7 48 Issue 1 04 02 5 RAE 5 Technical Documentation 7 Service Software Instructions In the Tx I Q Tuning window use Amplitude Difference and Phase Differ ence to adjust the spurious at 1747 86771MHz Marker 3 to the minimum lev el TX I and Q DC Offset Amplitude and Phase Difference TX L DC Offset Amplitude Difference Cancel gt 12 41 gt 0 2 100 100 1 TX 9 DC Offset Phase Difference EH HN HN 41 M n 100 100 85 95 Figure 52 Then the Spectrum Analyzer shows a plot like this d arL 1 TIT ABH AF hli BO Ly 18 44 TER HHI 3B 142477159 Je In reme fe Pee eee s 41111 04 I LII xa olltl ll 3 7478 DHT 30 Herr bom kHr miz 36 2401 Figure 53 In the Tx Tuning window press Save and the optimal values are stored in the phone The window closes Note The optimal values for TX and Q Offset and Amplitude and Phase Difference vary from phone to phone Issue 1 04 02 Page 7 49 RAE 5 PAMS 7 Service Software Instructions Technical Documen
124. 1667 Audio PWB and connectors MRAE3 0261997 Mechanical assembly parts no language dependent parts Issue 1 04 02 Page3 9 RAE 5 PAMS 3 RF System Module KL8 Technical Documentation Technical Summary of System Part The RAE 5 system hardware is based on a special version of the MAD2 ASIC called MADLinda MADLinda carries out all the signal processing and operation controlling tasks of the phone as well as all PDA tasks To be able to run simul taneously both CMT and PDA applications MADLinda ROM1 has a 52MHz ARM core MADLinda s main blocks include ARM925 MPU Subsystem Traffic Controller TC LEAD2 DSP megamodule LMM GSM System Logic and PDA peripher als ARM925 MPU Subsystem includes ARM9TDMI core data and instruction caches data and instruction memory management units MMU and write and address buffers Traffic Controller includes primary DMA controller LCD con troller and Flash and SDRAM memory interfaces The System Logic of 2 is able to support high speed data features HSCSD PDA peripherals include interfaces for Serial Flash MMC IrDA serial port IOs PWMs In addition of the MADLinda IC the system hardware includes memories in frared transceiver COBBA GJP CCONT and CHAPS ASICs audio amplifier and power regulators CSP packages are used for all ASICs System HW also has connectors for Memory Card MMC and SIM card UI connector and pads for system connector s spring contacts
125. 2 15 Din63 xse 34 1 4 1002 D13 DinG3 18 Dinka noo 39 4 XSCL inBO 18 poi 49 3 4 1NR 00 DinB1 0 DinB2 002 4 4 4 1008 Da1 DinB2 21 DinB3 003 42 092 3 __ res __36 Rosa 62 up 35 1 4 100R FRX 31 P 4 1008 L GCP 37 DAR 5 54__ aces 020 58 nar GOP 02151 020 gt 021 022 022 C130 C100 0071 6096 6992 094 023 53 2091 22 38 150 18 18 270 276 250 275 27 22 TEST 023 2320550 232053 2320604 23 BLB 58 24 56 t2 ALRST vcc 1430728 C131 coss 2193 2320550 082 097 cost 095 2 j SCANEN 57 cies cigs cipe cigs 3p p ii i 8 jj 4 1 17 38 48 55 VCC P P lt C118 C112 C114 pis C120 C122 C124 C126 11 16 32 38 43 48 64 GND 22 220 25 22 18 59 GNO CNO CND CNO m 2320544 Near testpins C978 6082 cas4 cogs cosg casi cioe 0133 1 e113 115 2117 C119 cll 0123 C125 4021 end J022 4u7 407 407 407 47 _ 1006 fan 12 C133 to DOS4 s 22 Boo 12 226 276 155 SS SS 2312243 2312243 2320805 232056 pins 54 and 55 END To corners of D054 16ND Issue 1 04 2002 Page 09 6 RE PAMS Technical Documentation Circuit Diagram of UL1 07 UI LEDs Version 0 0 Edit 28 o KBLIGHTS
126. 20546 1432762 eo 21 ca 0014 2320756 41109 cre 4110014 arm 1752 VBATT 330R 430740 160n 33p 56 385281 L 2320805 2320548 2320554 E720 E721 E722 E723ET24ET25ET26 E727 AR 42 1 0 2 980X9900X9900X3700X9780X933290X9190X93290X970 APOL Not assembled 5 C705 58 2 18 100 2320804 2329778 4 1438748 470u_10V 78u 10V 8763 3308 vitesse R764 2320536 8 15 c762 Issue 1 04 2002 Page 09 21 5 Technical Documentation Parts Placement Diagram of KL8 05 1 2 9 Schematic diagrams
127. 2320560 RB480K TL 2312243 3 1 470k C070 1059 1 220R 1430828 4115863 1430820 8077 RA C061 P 4019908 CND IND 8888 EE 1050 CND VOLE RO78 normal 17 17 7 2320568 R079 A C128 4208607 58 1430842 155255 220p 1 56 B66128 1430866 10601 50V 1430838 202 3644312 215 8 OND 4 ROSO enornal 57 57 cose cass 6053 C064 AR 5 FRYS 2208 C666 GND 1200 _ 1665 417 fu Rag 4 2200 2320560 2320805 2312243 50V N 5 470k mn vey 2312203 212 22n and 430826 aos SEV 2320120 2082 R083 2313285 V5Y 1 ise w 6072 2 220R a 47 Pru BY 2312205 is 4 5 vo7 gt vee voo N BRIGHT R084 1430770 RB7OGF 40 Ce vee iis an ti out 5 50V 0874 0381 470p LSJ 3 4 2320576 155355 086 0257 4 C101 co75 C123 L2E 45028 073 2208 6076 6077 10 f80n ESTEN 4341135 154 CND CND 2320778 2320805 OND GND 1051 sT INvouT 63 T5R 180MHz s BD pr 88 2087 3203747 188925 2 28 1 4 1008 4 1002 SCLK adi 4 xset 61 4 1908 HSYNC 5 VSYNC FRe 29 4 4 VSYNC amp se 26 1620063 ENAB 7 DinRO 27 DinRO 2088 8 Dink FRYs 30 1 4 1002 9 Ding2 DD P2 0 DD_P2 4 1008 DinR2 10 DinR2 44 4 10AR DinR3 1 Dinca 011145 4 4 10 010 01 60 15 Dingt 012 46 012 01761 fal nice Ma is 012 DinG
128. 2320805 Chipcap x5r 100 10v C076 2320481 Chipcap x5r 1u 6v3 C077 2320481 Chipcap x5r 1u k 6v3 C078 2312243 x5r 4u7 6v3 C079 2320805 Chipcap 5 100n k 10v C080 2320805 Chipcap 5 100n k 10v C081 2320805 Chipcap x5r 100n k 10v C082 2312243 Chipcap x5r 4u7 k 6v3 C083 2320544 Chipcap npO 22 50v Issue 1 02 02 Page 10 19 RAE 5 PAMS 10 Parts Lists Technical Documentation C084 2312243 x5r 4 7 6v3 C085 2312243 Chipcap x5r 4u7 k 6v3 C086 2312243 Chipcap x5r 4u7 k 6v3 C088 2320546 Chipcap 27p 50v C089 2320546 Chipcap 27p 50v C090 2320544 Chipcap npO 22 50v C091 2320544 Chipcap npO 22 50v C092 2320546 Chipcap npO 27p 50v C093 2320546 Chipcap 27p 50v C094 2320546 Chipcap 27p 50v C095 2320546 Chipcap 27p 50v C096 2320546 Chipcap npO 27p 50v C097 2320546 Chipcap 0 27p 50v C098 2320538 Chipcap npO 12p 50v C099 2320604 Chipcap npO 18 50v C100 2320604 Chipcap npO 18p j 50v C101 2320778 Chipcap x7r 10n k 16v C102 2320805 Chipcap 5 100n k 10v C103 2320550 Chipcap npO 39p 50v C104 2320550 Chipcap 39p 50v C105 2320550 Chipcap npO 39p 50v C106 2320550 Chipcap npO 39p 50v C107 2320550 Chipcap npO 39p 50v C108 2320550 Chipcap npO 39p 50v C109 2320550 Chipcap npO 39p 50v C110 2320544 Chipcap npO 22 50v C111 2320544 Chipcap npO 22 50v C112 2320544 Chipcap npO 22 50v C113 2320550 Chipcap npO 39p 50
129. 25 29 Directional coupler 3 54 Power detector 3 54 Synthesizer 3 54 VCTCXO reference 3 54 SHF PEL in 3 55 VCO module 43 2s aceto ae 3 55 SONIC CG RS ooo 3 56 3 4 Issue 1 04 02 5 RAE 5 Technical Documentation 3 RF System Module KL8 Antenna aa ie edo 3 56 RF connector and antenna switch 3 56 RF System 3 56 Ens 3 60 Transmit power Timing 3 60 Synthesizer clocking 3 60 Issue 1 04 02 Page 3 5 Page 3 6 RAE 5 PAMS 3 RF System Module KL8 Technical Documentation Abbreviations ACCIF ACCessory InterFace block of MADLinda A D Analog to Digital ADC Analog to Digital Converter AFC Automatic Frequency Control AGC Automatic Gain Control AMM ARM MegaModule API ARM Port Interface in LMM ARM Advanced RISC Machines ASIC Application Specific Integrated Circuit AVG Average BB Baseband BGA Ball Grid Array package KL8 RAE 5 System RF module BLL 3 Litium lon battery back for RAE 5 CCONT Multifunction power management IC for DCT3 used in KL8 system HW CCR Clock Configuration Registe
130. 36 and C237 OK Check Flex UL8 and B to B conn X400 pins 43 to 46 Connection OK Check VAMP at R201 R204 R205 R221 VAMP Check R201 R204 R205 about VBATT R221 C203 C204 C205 C206 AMP SHDN at V200 pin 2 2 8 V during a PHF call OK Faulty 2 Voltages D300 MAD Amplifier enabled Check voltage at N201 pin 1 Voltage low R201 R221 only in BL8 18 Continues next page Note R204 and R205 havedifferent resistance values in BL8_17 and BL8 18 Figure 56 Issue 1 02 02 Page 8 69 RAE 5 PAMS 8 Troubleshooting Technical Documentation PHF speaker fault continued Check Check analog audio input signal R208 C213 and XEAR at C220 min some 10 mV XEAR traces from C220 to 200 Check R212 R213 220 241 223 Signal amplified ca C217 C218 at N201 pins 5 and 8 7 Pau N200 COBBA Faulty OK N201 audio amp Analog audio signal at C236 and C237 Check L200 L201 PWB connections Figure 57 Page 8 70 Issue 1 02 02 5 RAE 5 Technical Documentation 8 Troubleshooting 2 19 5 Headset out of order e Measurements NO e in Service Jig RAE 3 detects HS CMT Icd reads OK headset Voltage at C202 HEADDET Ne e low e D300 MAD Check XMIC and faulty SGND lines from System Conn e X450 pins 6 and 4 Head set earpi
131. 430754 1430187 1430734 1430770 1430820 1430820 1430842 1430800 1430830 1430734 1430820 1430734 1430770 Issue 1 02 02 DESCRIPTION Colour UI and LCDs Colour UI Module Chipres Ow06 100k Chipres Ow06 10k Chipres Ow06 4m7 j Chip varistor Chipres Ow06 2k7 Chipres Ow06 100r Chipres Ow06 4k7 Chipres Ow06 47k f Chipres Ow06 100r j Chipres Ow06 220r j Chipres Ow06 4k7 Chipres Ow06 220r j Chipres Ow06 4k7 Chipres Ow06 100r j Chipres Ow06 220r j Chipres Ow06 4k7 Chipres Ow06 220r j Chipres Ow06 33k Chipres Ow06 100r j Chipres Ow06 100k Chipres Ow06 33k Chipres Ow06 470k Chipres Ow06 12k f Chipres Ow06 10k Chipres Ow06 33k Chipres Ow06 1 0 Chipres Ow06 47k f Chipres Ow06 220r j Chipres Ow06 4k7 Chipres Ow06 470k Chipres Ow06 470k Chipres Ow06 680k f Chipres Ow06 68k Chipres Ow06 1m0 j Chipres Ow06 220r j Chipres Ow06 470k Chipres Ow06 220r j Chipres Ow06 4k7 VALUE vwm5 6v TYPE RAE 5 10 Parts Lists DL2 v 1 19 UL2 v 3 6 VC 200PP 200PP 10 17 RAE 5 PAMS 10 Parts Lists Technical Documentation R084 1430726 Chipres Ow06 100r j R085 1430770 Chipres Ow06 4 7 R086 1430734 Chipres Ow06 220r j R087 1620063 Res network 0 06 4x100r 4x100r R088 1620063 Res network 0 06 4x100r 4x100r R089 1620063 Res network Ow06 4x100r 4x100r R090 1620063 Res network Ow06 4x100r 4x100r R091 1430726 Chipres Ow06 100r R092 1430792 Chip
132. 480722 Insulation adhesive pe tats 7700501 ESD Shield Bag oii 220222222222 9650741 Carton Issue 1 02 02 TSSO 5 50MA 50MA 50MA 50MA 0 5A 9 9 3GHZ P3 5 Not a spare part CO4096 84x48dotm dmd07324 DMD056 DMDO 4h26035 Page 10 23 RAE 5 PAMS 10 Parts Lists Technical Documentation This page intentionally left blank Page 10 24 Issue 1 02 02 PAMS Technical Documentation RAE 5 Series PDA 12 Accessories Issue 104 02 Copyright 2002 Nokia Corporation All Rights Reserved RAE 5 PAMS 12 Accessories Technical Documentation AMENDMENT RECORD SHEET Amendment Inserted By Comments Number quo Issue 1 04 02 Page 12 2 5 RAE 5 Technical Documentation 12 Accessories CONTENTS Page No General AccessorieS 12 5 Battery Pack BDLSS 57 oss ther 12 5 CODES 12 5 View of BLL 3 din e em C EROR ea dert col 12 5 Fast Travel Charger 12 12 6 View 12 12 6 Sea at ah oe OTT ea e 12 6 Specification 12 6 Data Cable DEB 12 7 Product Code 12 7 View OF DUR
133. 5019 1825019 1825019 1825019 1620063 1620019 1430832 1430778 1620033 1620033 1430187 1430746 1430803 1430726 1430832 Page 10 8 Res network OwO6 2x100k Chipres Ow06 10k Chipres Ow06 47k Chipres Ow06 330r j Chipres Ow06 10r j Chipres Ow06 10r j Chipres Ow06 15k Res network Ow06 2 1 Chipres Ow06 2 2 Chipres Ow06 2 2 Chipres Ow06 413 Chipres Ow06 470r j Chipres Ow06 220k Chipres OwO6 68r Chipres Ow06 100k Chipres Ow06 100k Chipres Ow06 100k Chipres Ow06 47r j Chipres Ow06 47k Chipres Ow06 47k Chipres Ow06 4k7 Chipres Ow06 47k Chipres Ow06 10k Chipres Ow06 1 0 Chipres Ow06 1 0 Chipres Ow06 1 0 Chip varistor vwm5 6v vc Chip varistor vwm5 6v Chipres Ow06 270r j Chipres Ow06 22k Chipres Ow06 270r j Chipres Ow06 270r j Chipres Ow06 270r j Chip varistor vwm5 6v Chip varistor vwm5 6v Chip varistor vwm5 6v vc Chip varistor vwm5 6v Res network Ow06 4x100r Res network Ow06 2x1 0k Chipres Ow06 2k7 Chipres Ow06 10k Res network Ow06 2x5k6 Res network Ow06 2x5k6 Chipres Ow06 47k f 200pp Chipres Ow06 560r Chipres 0 06 4k7 f 200pp Chipres Ow06 100r Chipres Ow06 2k7 PAMS Technical Documentation 2x100k VC VC 200PP 200PP Issue 1 02 02 5 Technical Documentation R613 R614 R640 R643 R645 R670 R671 R700 R704 R710 R730 R731 R732 R740 R835 C001 C002 C050 C052 1430764 1620017 1430738
134. 630220 View of CRM 1 Issue 1 04 02 Page 12 15 5 5 12 Accessories Technical Documentation Swivel Mount HHS 13 HHS 13 offers two installation methods for the holder CRM 1 Either use all components to make a swivel mount or use the flat mounting plate for a fixed position Product Code Swivel Mount HHS 13 0620055 View of HHS 13 Mounting plate MKU 1 The handsfree unit HFU 2 can be attached to the vehicle interior using the mounting plate MKU 1 Product Code Mounting plate MKU 1 0620036 Page 12 16 Issue 1 04 02 5 RAE 5 Technical Documentation 12 Accessories Advanced HF Unit HFU 2 The handsfree unit HFU 2 enables the phone to operate in handsfree mode and it is attached to the vehicle interior using the mounting plate MKU 1 Product Code Advanced HF Unit HFU 2 0694049 View of HFU 2 Issue 1 04 02 Page 12 17 RAE 5 PAMS 12 Accessories Technical Documentation Power Cable PCH 4J The power cable connects to the DC socket in HFU 2 and to the vehicle s pow er supply See section Installation for more information Product Code Power Cable PCH 4J 0730055 View of PCH 4J Handsfree Microphone HFM 8 The microphone connects to the MIC socket in HFU 2 Twist the plug clockwise to lock firmly in place Product Code Power Cable HFM 8 0690016 View of HFM 8 Page 12 18 Issue 1 04 02 5 RAE 5 Technical Docume
135. 630562 RAE 5NU APA English EN QWERTY The whole APA 9790431 Taiwan 0630563 panish panish ES PT 0069407 pain QWERTY 9790507 0630564 RAE 5NG Portuguese Portu ES PT 0069412 Portugal guese QWERTY 9790507 0630565 RAE 5NH German German DE QWERTZ 0069419 AUT Switzerland ALS acti 9790503 vated 0630566 RAE 5NY Russia English EN QWERTY 0069418 Russia 0630567 5 Hungary HU QWERTY 0069417 Hungary 0630568 RAE 5NZ English English EN QWERTY 0069415 Poland 0630569 RAE 5NJ Polish Polish EN QWERTY Poland 0630570 RAE 5NQ Czech zech Z QWERTY 0069414 zech 0630571 RAE 5NW English English EN QWERTY 0069420 Turkey 0630572 RAE 5NT Turkish Turkish TR 0069408 TR ____ Issue 1 04 02 Page5 5 RAE 5 PAMS 5 RAE 5 Variants Technical Documentation Main Modules Unit type Product type Product Module code code RF amp Sysiem module Keyboard amp hinge module 0201667 PDA Colour LCD 4850167 0261997 Ul module without LCDs 2 0201785 Page 5 6 Issue 1 04 02 PAMS Technical Documentation RAE 5 Series PDA 6 Service Tools Issue 1 04 02 Copyright 2002 Nokia Corporation All Rights Reserved RAE 5 PAMS 6 Service Tools Technical Documentation AMENDMENT RECORD SHEET Amendment Inserted By Comments Number 03 2002 Page 6 2 Issue 1 04 02 5 RAE 5 Technical Documentation 6 Servic
136. 7 25 RAE 5 PAMS 7 Service Software Instructions Technical Documentation RX Calibration Figure 21 Change the level and frequency on the generator as the window tells you Click OK in the Wintesla window now a new window pops up RX Calibration 1 2 3 4 5 6 8 Figure 22 Difference between the gain steps should be 10dB 1dB Click Save in the Wintesla window RX calibration is now completed 7 26 Issue 1 04 02 5 RAE 5 Technical Documentation 7 Service Software Instructions RX Filter Calibration Automatic This calibration is calibrating the Baseband filter inside Hagar for this reason the calibration is not done in both bands Select Tuning Alt t RX Measurements A window now pops up RX Measurements AM Suppression Automatic AM Suppression Manual RX Filter Calib ion Automatic Figure 23 In the Select Function frame select RX Filter calibration Automatic ex ternal signal is needed for this just click Measure wait a few seconds and then click Save Defaults Issue 1 04 02 Page 7 27 RAE 5 PAMS 7 Service Software Instructions Technical Documentation RX Measurements RX Filter Calibration Automatic Figure 24 RX filter calibration is now completed and the Measurements window can be closed by clicking Close Page 7 28 Issue 1 04 02 5 RAE 5 Technical
137. 724 0 1767 6 3535 2 1862 6 3725 2 1767 8 3535 6 1862 8 3725 6 Page 8 132 Issue 1 02 02 5 RAE 5 Technical Documentation 8 Troubleshooting CH TX RX VCO TX 95 37264 37276 3730 0 37312 37324 37355 3734 8 3736 0 37372 37384 37395 37405 1776 0 3552 0 1871 0 3742 0 1776 2 3552 4 1871 2 3742 4 Issue 1 02 02 Page 8 133 RAE 5 PAMS 8 Troubleshooting Technical Documentation CH TX RX VCO TX 95 1776 4 3552 8 1871 4 3742 8 1776 6 3553 2 1871 6 3743 2 1776 8 3553 6 1871 8 3743 6 1777 0 3554 0 1872 0 3744 0 1777 2 3554 4 1872 2 3744 4 1777 4 3554 8 1872 4 3744 8 1777 6 3555 2 1872 6 3745 2 Page 8 134 Issue 1 02 02 5 RAE 5 Technical Documentation 8 Troubleshooting CH TX RX VCO TX 95 1784 6 3569 2 1879 6 3759 2 1784 8 3569 6 1879 8 3759 6 Table 7 GSM and corresponding VCO RX TX 95 975 1880 2 2 3520 8 8 925 2 2 3700 8 8 78 37032 2260 5254 37072 3708 0 37095 5275 289 2280 2 3928 9282 884 0 3536 0 929 0 3716 0 995 884 2 3536 8 929 2 3716 8 ee 994 978 5255 ZE e 3 200 5202 5204 37224 37252 37244 2374 Issue 1 02 02 8 135 RAE 5 PAMS 8 Troubleshooting Technical Documentation Table 7 GSM frequencies and corresponding VCO frequencies ie TX 95 37296 2322 37535 1019 889 0 3556 0 934 0 3736 0 37575 890 0 3560 0
138. 7404 2 8832 18546 Ale 831 58041 180 3 S 2806 58 i D354 er 1 R565 K 7400 2401 C sg DE 655 X499 pe lt 531 m C353 E mo 5 99 354 O R402 783 5 lt gt lt gt R835 a Sua gig R403 S C837 e lt 5 Bb C236 7 i 800 20281 gt lt 8305 C237 _ Cg R310 2 v800 mes TIL _ RL 18302 E R792 C792 Ss 854 S22 C319 8 ue C648 0642 m L506 S E C3 C123 m PEE oc co V801 7503 lt lt gt NN 130 5 C312 a 760 907 e 5 875 Cy 8207 2 l5 DOC 863 9015 5 07620 S er C306 C364 8757 141 Lic 10363 uM 5 Se C758 6 55 E 5 US 5 S 0362 __ c Wis c SR 1553 gL EN 2 1533 2 lt 368 ades E 2 212 Be 51 M zy ru 8731 58 5 lt 702 p lt n n to C141 2 2 V304 a L721 X001 6317 1 617 ies C647 6545 gt 108 _ S 1 4 E R613 ETE 58122 amp G 6003 03595 2 y 2620 R00 C350 C790 C789 704 701 614 R670 1747 2002 C357 R006 07030 p ar Gia
139. 8 close to 08 201 C245 close to C210 C210 T 2320783 fis 2320481 C239 VDA2 LSND VAMP VREF 209 192 cao C211 VDAS Close to MadLinda 18n C245 tan tan T n a 2320778 GND C212 VDA4 and VDA5 AGND FT R210 Hu C213 10k C215 100 gt XEAR 14308778 PEU 231003 5 82 4211251 848 AGND 00 4370793 29K3019 TL V4 1 V257 664T 8 a m H RFIDAX 27 RxIP SD Lee NE N201 F7 RxON CSX COBBASDa 4340727 F RxQP Idata e gt S LM4871M H7 al RxRef ap 86 COBBACSX Ci VSUBA PCMDCLK 2 N gt 5 gt 3 SHUTDOWN 3203727 Es 5 i COBBAIDa BYPASS L200 E a 54 PCMRx 05 COBBAQDa 3 INe voe HE a7R iooMHz L20 Reset X 4 8 4 IN Vol l A AGND _ El He RFICIK 08 ATR 100MHz C216 cz D3 TEST g 5 PCM 3 0 G VAMP pn 231 PCMC3 0 C217 C241 7 0 0 2320783 A2 MICIN 220 C218 220 7 Al AuxDAC 2320544 u 2320544 4 MIC3N AGCOut T _ SND 2312243 CND 82 TxCOut COBBARSTX C228 R212 R212 m C219 4 MBIAS TxIOutN 2 COBBACLK al E CE 33n MICAN TxIDutP H2 232075 1430778 1957138 85 C22 33 MIC2P TADOEN C AFC C223 33n T 67 vp D Fi lvo 02 TXC mn E4
140. 91 4110601 4110601 Issue 1 02 02 Chipcap npO 47p j 50v Chipcap 5 100n k 10v Chipcap npO 47p j 50v Chipcap x5r 1u k 6v3 Chipcap x7r 10n k 16v Chipcap x5r 1u k 6v3 Chipcap 5 100n k 10v Chipcap x5r 1u k 6v3 Chipcap 5 100n k 10v Chipcap npO 100p j 50v Chipcap 5 100n 10v Chipcap x5r 100n k 10v Chipcap npO 39p j 50v Chipcap npO 39p j 50v Chipcap npO 47p j 50v Chipcap npO 39p j 50v Chipcap 5 100n k 10v Chiptcap 150u m 10v 7 Chipcap npO 100p j 50v Chipcap x7r 10n k 16v Chipcap npO 100p j 50v Chipcap npO 8p2 c 50v Chipcap x7r 1 0 50v Chipcap 5 100n k 10v Chipcap 5 100n k 10v Chipcap npO 39p j 50v Chipcap npO 39p j 50v Chipcap npO 100p j 50v Chipcap npO 100p j 50v Chipcap npO 100p j 50v Chipcap npO 100p j 50v Chipcap npO 100p j 50v Chipcap npO 100p j 50v Chipcap npO 100p j 50v Chipcap npO 100p j 50v Chipcap npO 100p j 50v Chipcap npO 100p j 50v Chipcap npO 39p j 50v Chipcap npO 39p j 50v Chipcap npO 39p j 50v Chipcap npO 39p j 50v Chip coil 1m m 0 056a 3 Ferrite bead Or8 75r 100 Ferrite bead 0 015r 42r Chip coil 15uh k 0 8a 6 Mfet fdc6323l switch Di fast 155355 80v0 1a 4 Di fast 155355 80v0 1a 4 RAE 5 10 Parts Lists 3 75R 100 42R 6 3 80 0 1 lt 4 80 0 1 lt 4 10 21 RAE 5 10 Parts Lists V052 V053 V054 V055 V056 V057 V058 V059 V060 V061 V062 V066 V067 V069 V070 V072 4110601 4110601 4110601 4110615 4219922 4115863 41106
141. 935 0 3740 0 sez 508 52 57108 p sens 54 3746 sos 54 sss 4 2358 ess 58 986 gs 95972 m ees ers 2374 892 6 3570 4 937 6 3750 4 3578 37525 27544 8 136 Issue 1 02 02 5 RAE 5 Technical Documentation 8 Troubleshooting Table 7 GSM frequencies and corresponding VCO frequencies wem _ 95 5298 958 908 Ws zs pes 3982 3764 62 weis sess 896 6 3586 4 941 6 3766 4 es as 80 37680 27704 5o 0 5000 569 900 2 3600 8 945 2 3780 8 Ez fos 964 poe 37424 a pos poe pes noz 901 2 3604 8 946 2 3784 8 E 36055 9464 3755 901 6 3606 4 946 6 3786 4 5s 9786 3672 9468 37872 902 0 3608 0 947 0 3788 0 Issue 1 02 02 8 137 RAE 5 PAMS 8 Troubleshooting Technical Documentation Table 7 GSM frequencies and corresponding VCO frequencies Se TX 95 pee 5 804 m pus qus p 5034 3026 9484 mos sere pee 2 pose 9952 wes 982 m puo peo usa 3616 8 949 2 3796 8 62 5044 ers 9494 Bus poea pos sa peus fez uos e ps peo 9500 9509 79 pes 9892 5852 Bo peo 3540 gt a uz 964 855
142. ATATT 200PP 200PP 2DB ATATT Page 10 9 RAE 5 10 Parts Lists C053 C054 C055 C100 C101 C102 C103 C104 C105 C106 C107 C108 C110 C111 C112 C113 C114 C115 C116 C117 C118 C119 C120 C121 C122 C123 C124 C126 C127 C129 C130 C131 C132 C133 C134 C135 C136 C138 C139 C140 C141 C142 C143 C144 C201 C202 C203 C204 2320805 2312243 2320805 2320481 2320481 2320481 2320546 2320546 2312243 2320783 2312243 2320481 2310037 2611695 2310793 2320805 2320805 2312243 2320805 2312243 2320805 2611695 2320508 2320548 2320536 2310793 2320805 2320778 2320778 2320778 2320805 2312243 2320481 2320481 2320481 2320481 2320481 2312243 2320805 2320481 2312243 2320805 2320592 2320481 2320481 2320805 2611757 2611757 10 10 5 Technical Documentation Chipcap x5r 100n k 10v Chipcap x5r 4u7 k 6v3 Chipcap x5r 100 10v Chipcap x5r 1u k 6v3 Chipcap x5r 1u 6v3 Chipcap x5r 1u 6v3 Chipcap 0 27 50v Chipcap 0 27 50 Chipcap x5r 407 6v3 Chipcap x7r 33n k 10v Chipcap x5r 4u7 k 6v3 Chipcap x5r 1u k 6v3 Chipcap x5r 10u m 6v3 Chiptcap 100 6v3 6 6 Chipcap x5r 2u2 k 10v Chipcap x5r 100 10v Chipcap x5r 100 10v Chipcap x5r 4u7 k 6v3 Chipcap x5r 100 10v Chipcap x5r 4u7 k 6v3 Chipcap x5r 100n k 10v Chiptcap 100 6v3 6 6 Chipcap 0 1 0 50 Chipcap 0 33p 50 Chipcap 0 10 50 Chipcap x5r 2u2
143. BATT 8144 Not assembled _ 07 Op 81 00 _6_ HS 5 TXIN 2 Balanced Lines between nodes M c TX Txis 3 6541 108p 2320549 biS J xdg m gt has to bee equal lenght A2 P TX 63 1 Tege 44 ia cad QUTM P TX _180 __H4 56 100 ed erue 59 58 8 TXVGSM TXON LT 2320805 T 33 C TXAP i Wide connection woa GNDRF_TX Tour 4 2320554 51520033 Charge pump 6 RFTEMP Vchp 87 GNDRF_RX a 2 2 dB i ppeaczaraasee H6 GND_LO V _ 2320518 2320518 pie 4 5 F4 CND PRE g A6 TXBUFF VOUT Basis VIN za 2 790 2 3640429 Si VTX B P 5 4 6 i fine 68 9 E 168 1 8 3 F1 DIG VTXLo_ 06 GND GND TOO HIGH VOLT E ANI d L 505 F7 e 66 109 2320481 5 00 1 5 752 amp 8 R704 GNDF vixto P 199 Ea t RSs 6 100 E 1 SEE 5 i 2320508 cL MS tua ee pu Not assembled 14397281 288 4370731 8 Modulator d 3 2320524 Vmod Not assembled E 8 8 P RERUM e 2310793 242 bs SS amp c 1438718 Tine type 2 S 33p 336 fe lt lina typo 2 m 220R 2320548 Not assembled RE 0838 mE VIX 2 dB H OT rtg kguo t
144. BB V PWM for PDA LCD PWM backlight control Output low 0 0 22 VBB Series resistance Frequency MADLinda Output high high Output high O8 VBB 8 VBB PDA LCD power con GPIO par Output low 0 22 VBB Output current Series resistance MADLinda Output high 1 0 8 VBB Phone LCD reset Output current Series resistance MADLinda Output high ____ high Output high ____ 8 VBB Phone LCD amp key GPIO board light control Output low 0 4 22 VBB Output current Series resistance 287 Output current 2 mA Series resistance MADLinda refer to LCDDa0 PDA LCD data LCD LCDDa3 LCDDa4 Issue 1 04 02 MADLinda refer to LCDDa0 PDA LCD data LCD MADLinda refer to LCDDa0 PDA LCD data LCD MADLinda refer to LCDDa0 PDA LCD data LCD GPIO Page 3 19 RAE 5 PAMS 3 RF System Module KL8 Technical Documentation 36 LCDDa5 LCDDa6 Table 9 UI Connector continued Pin Signal Name From To Parameter Type MADLinda refer to LCDDaO PDA LCD data LCD GPIO LCDDa7 LCDDa8 LCDDa9 MADLinda refer to LCDDa0 PDA LCD data LCD GPIO MADLinda refer to LCDDa0 PDA LCD data LCD GPIO MADLinda refer to LCDDaO PDA LCD data LCD GPIO LCDDa10 LCDDat11 MADLinda refer to LCDDa0 PDA L
145. BE 2 is powered by a laboratory power source Used voltages are 8 0 volts for nor mal service and 10 5 volts for energy management calibrations DO NOT con nect over 12 volts voltage to JBE 2 With Wintesla service software use service cable DAU 9C Connect the cable straight from the PC serial port to the system connector of the phone Power Management Calibrations Needed equipment a laboratory power source min 2A out a calibration unit JBE 2 a service battery BBL 3B a service cable DAU 9C and a service cable SCB 3 Use JBE 2 calibration unit as a source for the phone as described in above section Put up the whole calibration environment and turn the phone ON be fore starting the Wintesla service software Notice that the less the phone con sumes Current during calibration the more accurate is the result So you are ad vised to do the calibrations while PDA display is off phone SW reset while cov er closed Issue 1 04 02 Page 6 13 RAE 5 PAMS 6 Service Tools Technical Documentation Service Car Kit HCL 1 The Service Car Kit HCL 1 is used for RF tuning of a RAE 5 communicator HCL 1 is modified from CRM 1 car kit HCL 1 is used as interface between RAE 5 and service software Wintesla while doing RF tuning and power man agement Note 1 Other needed accessories for RF tuning are Modular T adapter and DAU 9S Product Code Service Car Kit HCL 1 0770265 View of HCL 1 6 14 Issue 1
146. C1 Period 77 4 320ms 1 Freq de 1 231 480 width 3 2 380ms 4 3 ci width vds e 99 1 940ms BH 7 7WHi 00ms Chi 1 03V 26 sep 2000 14 00 11 Figure 69 BackPWM signal at pin 31 This signal Figure 69 is a PWM control for display backlight The pulse width varies and is constant high for maximum intensity Tek gU 111 Acas 1 To c Period r1 pt 4 19 6745 i ciFreq E c EM ER 50 836 2 epe c1 Width 4 645 3 width 15 0345 1 1 5 005 Chi X 2 71V 25 2000 13 58 04 Figure 70 LCDPWM signal at pin 10 This signal Figure 70 is a PWM control for display contrast The pulse width may vary significantly Table 3 List of display signals Table 3 List of display signals mw we __ ____ LCDDat 26 LCDDa11 7 LCDDa2 24 DispCIk 2 LCDDa3 38 LLCIK 40 LCDDa4 20 FSP 4 LCDDa5 36 DISPON 3 Page 8 82 Issue 1 02 02 5 Technical Documentation RAE 5 8 Troubleshooting Table 3 continued List of display signals LCDDa6 LCDDa7 LCDDa8 LCDDa9 Table 4 CSP filters and PDA UI signals DispClk LCDDa11 LOD PWR Issue 1 02 02 7404 8 83 RAE 5 PAMS 8 Troubleshooting Technical Documentation
147. CD data LCD GPIO MADLinda refer to LCDDa0 PDA LCD data LCD MADLinda referto LCDDaO data LCD DISPCIk DISPON MADLinda Output high 1 0 8 VBB V PDA LCD data clock LCD Output low 0 0 22 VBB V ma Frequency 8 67 MHz Series resistance MADLinda Output high 1 0 8 VBB V PDA LCD line data LCD Output low 0 EE latch to display Output current mm Series resistance resistance MADLinda V PDA LCD frame start EM Output low 0 0 22 VBB mee MADLinda Outputhigh t v PDALCD display logic _ fee noe Eee MADLinda mew PDA LCD modulation LCD signal Output low 0 ew Polarity change Output current Frequency 10 8 Page 3 20 Series resistance COBBA GJP Maximum Output swing 2 36 2 5 V Earpiece Issue 1 04 02 5 RAE 5 Technical Documentation 3 RF System Module KL8 Table 9 Connector continued Pin Signal Name From To Parameter Type 47 COBBA Maximum Output swing 2 36 2 5 V signal details Vpp NO TAG EARN Audio Amp Output level signal details NO TAG e Audio Amp Output level Lp pes HF Speaker Load resistance System RF interface Table 10 AC and DC Characteristics of signals between RF
148. CPU error MAD I O fault Figure 39 Page 8 54 Issue 1 02 02 5 RAE 5 Technical Documentation 8 Troubleshooting 2 14 2 Memory card switch troubleshooting NOTE1 Memory card switch pressed lid closed gt ADC reading Memory Card Cover Detection is in state 0 gt MMC Switch line OV Memory card switch released lid opened gt ADC reading Memory Card Cov er Detection is in state 1 gt MMC Switch line 2 8V MMC Card cover switch problem YES Open WinTesla Testing gt ADC Readings Open lid after boot i Close MMC card cover according to wait updated values WinTesla from WinTesla Check J001 D Check mech NO Lid functionality closed 002 001 of J001 according to OK check contact WinTesla surfaces MMC cover switch J001 OK MMC cover switch 001 broken note Cover opened MMC cover detection 1 R006 Cover closed MMC cover detection 0 faulty Figure 40 Issue 1 02 02 Page 8 55 5 RAE 5 8 Troubleshooting Technical Documentation 2 15 Lid Switch 2 15 1 Lid Switch Troubleshooting NOTET Lid signal MAD pin P2 gendet Lid closed Cover Detection from Wintesla ADC readings is state 0 gt V301 HALL output 2 8V Lid opened Cover Detection from Wintesla ADC readings is state 1 gt V301 HALL output OV Troubleshoo
149. CT5 0X ER FLASH CTRLCT O gt SER FLASH SIOC3 0 Issue 1 04 2002 2320805 4341087 K4S6416330 CN96T 0 SDRAdO L5 o 1 6 2 3 4 N2 5 M2 o 7 12 8 LI C358 6351 2352 9 K2 Bn 100 100 fg 46 _22 von N6 2n 2 13 K6_ Bao vooo 85 VBB K5 Bat vona vono _ES 2 SORR RAS vona 3 SDRC J6 4 SDRWE 4211 05 vss 357 358 0359 8 lt H6 vss 65 10m 18n 8n 1 SDRCKE vss OND 6 lt 5 SDRDOML vsso B vssn C5 H2 UDOM vsso 2 H5 LDAM vsso F5 GND GND 8 DATA 1 0 1 2 3 06 4 05 5 EN 6 F6 gt 7 65 8 Sle gt 4 10 Id 11 02 12 DI 13 14 8t 15 090 15 A2 SDRAM Samsung 64Mbit uBGAS2 6 6x 11 VBB VBB R351 and R352 Assembled when D354 not assembled 1438754 kall Je AT450B321B CI SERIAL DATA 32MB FLASH E4 NJ WP NC Ext ysReset X F4 RESET LAS RRY Jepv 4 1 NC JL 5 8 D NO Bt
150. CTCXO The 26 MHz oscillator G803 is used as a reference frequency for the PLL syn thesiser and as the system clock for BB 13 MHz after it is divided by 2 in HA GAR 26 MHz signal from the VCTCXO is approx 0 8 Vpp Frequency of this oscillator is adjusted by dc voltage Vcon coming from the DAC in COBBA Range of Vcon is 0 3 2 3 V VCO The VCO is generating frequencies in the range of 3420 3840 MHz when PLL is in function These are divided by 2 or by 4 in HAGAR so that they can gener ate all channels in GSM and PCN Frequency of the VCO is controlled by dc voltage Vc coming from the loop filter Range of the Vc when PLL is in func tion is 0 7 3 8 V Even if PLL is not working Vc out of range there is some frequency at the output of the VCO G600 which is between 3 and 4 GHz of couse if the VCO is working 8 122 Issue 1 02 02 5 Technical Documentation 5 5 3 From WinTesla chose Product Band gt EGSM Testing RF Controls gt Rx continuous Ch 60 Troubleshooting diagram for PLL Synthesizer 8 Troubleshooting Yes RAE 5 Spectrum Analyzer Oscilloscope Oscilloscope No Yes output VCO output G800 out VCTCXO Power Supply G830 out G830 Vcc 26 MHz 3788 MHz 2 7 V approx 0 8 Vpp Yes No No PLL block functional check eCom VCTCXO is dead Check HAGAR
151. D TFD power interface Version 0 0 Edit 126
152. E CERE OCA or 8 117 5 3 EGSM Transmitter E Re Rad ceed RATE E 8 119 General troubleshooting instructions for EGSM TX 8 119 5 3 1 Path of transmitted signal 8 119 5 3 2 Troubleshooting diagram for EGSM Transmitter 8 120 5 4 Transmitter rre PER PLE QS ER EE RE ER NEUES 8 122 General troubleshooting instructions for PCN TX 8 122 5 4 1 Path of the transmitted PCN 8 122 5 4 2 Troubleshooting diagram for PCN Transmitter 8 123 5 5 tus se pe 8 125 General troubleshooting instructions for Synthesizer 8 125 8 4 Issue 1 02 02 5 RAE 5 Technical Documentation 8 Troubleshooting 5 5 1 26 MHz reference oscillator 8 125 5 522 VCO gri 8 125 5 5 3 Troubleshooting diagram for PLL 8 126 554 PEE Block Diagram 5 ess 8 128 5 6 Frequency lists 94 Deeper RR mh 8 129 6 Diagrams of Test Points Issue 1 02 02 Page 8 5 RAE 5 PAMS 8 Troubleshooting Technical Documentation Introduction This document is intend to be a guide for localizing and repairing electrical faults in the
153. Hz offset 95 dBm signal to the RF connector remember to compensate for cable attenuation Page 8 108 Issue 1 02 02 5 RAE 5 Technical Documentation 8 Troubleshooting Measuring with an oscilloscope on Hagar or Hagar this picture should be seen from a working EGSM receiver Tek 10 0MS s 22 Acqs JA 940mv 19 670mv C1 Freq 1 67 568kHz Low signal amplitude 5 0005 Chi HIE s sep 1999 14 05 41 Figure 106 Signal amplitude 390mV DC offset 1 1V Frequency 67kHz If this picture is not seen continue to the next section 5 1 1 Troubleshooting diagram for EGSM Receiver Apply 95dBm EGSM Fault tree 947 06771 MHz signal from generator to antenna connector Yes Oscilloscope at RXI Spectrum analyzer SPectrumanalyzer Signal 390mV po Changegenerator 1StEGSM SAW y GSMPX DC offset 1 1V level to 50 dBm Fou Addam d out Z620 Frequency 67 7kHz 58 dBm at C615 ves ves Yes Oscilloscope Oscilloscope No VRX 27V LNo DENT Check Hagar serial interface ves ves Oscilloscope Yes R610 1 9V LNo R611 0 9v 2 If DC offset is missing check powering and solders Y Spectrumanalyzer T 00 unbal No 45 dBm Yes Oscilloscope VRX 27V A Check Hagar se
154. IC XMIC SGND SGND XEAR FBUSC1 0 FBUS C1 0 MBUS MBUS CHRG_CTRL RF RF VIN power REFs 100 199 V_IN CHRG_CTRL HEADDET VBATT 2 VBAI VCP VREF gt VCP VRX VSYN 1 gt VREF VACC_CTRL VACC_CTRL VSYN_2 GENSIO 1 0 610 1 0 VTX gt VRX CCONTCSX CCONTCSX VXO 3 09 CNTVRC3 0 gt VSYN_1 SIMIF 4 0 SIMIF 4 0 0 MMC_PWR MMC_PWR SLEEPCLK gt VSYN_2 URX CARDDET gt VIX HAGARRSTX gt VXO SCLK SDATA SENA1 irda REFs 050 099 RFC XP PANELCT O IRTXRXCT 0 IRTXRX 1 0 SLEEPCLK IREN IREN gt HAGARRSTX PURX mmc REFs 001 049 CARDDET gt CCONT INT MMC_SWITCH gt SDATA MMC_SWITCH MMC_IF 2 0 MMC_IF 2 0 gt SENAI RFC Issue 1 04 2002 Page 09 11 5 RAE 5 9 Schematic diagrams Technical Documentation Circuit Diagram of KL8 05 System Connector Version 0 0 Edit 125 Linda HWID K3110 KL8 05 syscon Used prefixes X R C L F V J Component refs 450 499 J450 F450 PANEL_V_IN test point 5119019 428 100
155. IJ 8PY 8904 sa L zig 19013 sere 5 9 3 99013 80 3 5 9074 88 eun SN PYTA on r piv 59073 B Eris 2 Sid ZPY 2904 2 pid IPY 12073 9 90713 0 T 88A WOY 18049701 Bulyoog 2 D 52438 519815 UMOP 11 4 eT 0435 1935 37 gt A 19 9809 5 8 Leer 22 212435 i EET SEP mS zij 9058800 518 HN eqoygg03 zid E Sin 212 8802 lt gt 905 4809 5190 1554 e4egxyoay g XS90V8809 9610551 1988 i Alb 5 5 2187 10110499950 4804004 1300 3 1 XISJAVIVH 1190999450 10 LNOII OIN OEP 130 00 2 9084 pm 23049950 1e P pJeg d 8 gip 1 MNILINO99 2 618 5 TIN EDEL GL dOXOA 511 5 IWW Tl Loer n 8n qq 0 12 IBNVd Co 390099 d 1300493 3eQpJe0HTS 4 P 2 4 1 9 15 71243315 2 XASHPJ9OWIS iugo 1 Miggn OOIPJeQWIS 0n 399 244 0907 5 15 21 SEEP goeg xa _ 2089 beer 2 3m j 007 MI EEP z T E Zin 19041005 ud 2 ee
156. LK LCDRSTX 14 Table above Signals and corresponding pins Issue 1 02 02 Page 8 85 RAE 5 PAMS 8 Troubleshooting Technical Documentation 3 3 1 3 2 DL1 UI Troubleshooting CMT and keypad illumination problems Each CMT display and keypad LED has its own driver If there is problems with one or more Keypad LED check resistors R203 R208 transistors V213 V203 V204 and the LEDs CMT LED check resistors R200 R202 transistor V206 and the LEDs If the illumination does not work at all measure voltages VB and KBLIGHTS VB should be the same as VBATT and KBLIGHTS approximately 2 5V when the LEDs are supposed to be on If these voltages are not correct problem is in hinge flex connector X001 or on KL8 see 2 23 in this document CMT LCD Troubleshooting Check C002 R003 X007 Make sure that the display flex is connected to X007 NO YES Display OK CMT LCD or LCD Flex probably damaged Replace LCD Display OK Problem in Hinge Flex connector X001 or BL8 Refer to chapter 2 23 Figure 73 Page 8 86 Issue 1 02 02 5 RAE 5 Technical Documentation 8 Troubleshooting 3 3 No picture on PDA LCD or picture is faulty To start with check that the flex connector X001 from KL8 to UL2 is con nected properly and that soldering joints are ok Check also connectors X002 and X003 Check that PDA display is not mechan ically damaged i e pixels
157. LS 3xVBB Active ui Inactive 10 OSC External clock for Connected to inii LCD VBB on UL2 RF connection Line Parameter Minimum Maximum Maximum power frequency frequency Antenna feed 890 MHz 1880 MHz 33 dBm peak cable 28 8 dBm average Issue 1 04 02 Page 4 13 5 5 4 User Interfaces Technical Documentation Functional description Power distribution and control signals The following block diagram describes the distribution of power supplies within DL2 Battery voltage VB is fed directly to the illumination LEDS CMT keymat and CMT display The regulated band supply VBB generated on the KL8 module supplies the CMT display control logic and PDA display supply A power switch is used to remove the voltage supply from the control logic and PDA display when the display is turned off VB LCDPWR PDALCD Bias power and control logic backlight backlight backlight GND Figure 2 Power distribution and control signals of UL2 Page 4 14 Issue 1 04 02 5 RAE 5 Technical Documentation 4 User Interfaces DL2 Circuit Description The module is connected via a 50 way FPC to the KL8 system logic The module includes following main blocks CMT keyboard geometries Switches for PDA soft keyboard Backlight LEDs for CMT keypad and CMT LCD illumination CMT LCD PDALCD module PDALCD backlight circuit PDALCD power circuit
158. LTAGE button rol goes OFF Figure 14 Test sequence Figure 14 describes the test sequence and status of DTR line during Accessory Power Output Testing Accessory output voltage test in Wintesla asks the test person to press ACC VOLTAGE button and keep it pressed After that SW auto matically turns ON and OFF the accessory output voltage and gives the passed fail information Wintesla SW gives guidance during this test Issue 1 02 02 Page 8 25 RAE 5 PAMS 8 Troubleshooting Technical Documentation 2 6 1 No Accessory Voltage when needed Power supply must be 3 7V MJS 14 Test Jig must be used Signals must be measured during Wintesla Accessory Power Output Test Fail in WinTesla accessory power out test Check Check VACC 3 3V X450 V451 R454 Pin 5 of N104 R310 V489 and C459 Check VB 3 7V 1 of N104 NO Fault in D300 When or N104 VACC CTRL HIGH pin 3 of N104 Check 104 C129 C139 C116 R310 V489 Test again with Win tesla Figure 15 Page 8 26 Issue 1 02 02 5 RAE 5 Technical Documentation 8 Troubleshooting 2 6 2 Accessory Voltage ON all the time Power supply must be 3 7V MJS 14 Test Jig must be used This fault can be seen also as serial interface problem Signals must be measured during Wintesla Accessory Power Output Test Fail in Wintesla accessory power out test Or Jump from Serial Interface Troubles hoot
159. Logic 1 IC 5 VCCY 2 7 VCC V5Y i High level supply voltage 3 3 for Y driver V5Y Low level supply voltage for Y driver IC Page 4 10 Issue 1 04 02 5 RAE 5 Technical Documentation 4 User Interfaces Line Typical Nomi Maximum Sym nal bol VOY 8 0 VOY V5Y VDD 33 LCD driving level for Y driver IC 9 VDD LCD driving level for Y driver IC 10 0 Logic 0 Shift start pulse for Y driv 0 8 x VDDY Logic 1 er IC X003 connector pinout Column drivers feature a 20 pin flex connector Line Symbol Typical Nom inal VDDH LCD supply for X driver Logic 0 0 3 x VDDX Digital video signal 7 VDDX Logic 1 VDDX Logic 0 Digital video signal 2 x VDDX Logic 1 0 Logic 0 Digital video signal 0 7 x VDDX Logic 1 0 Logic 0 Digital video signal 0 7 x VDDX Logic 1 0 Logic 0 PWM width control 0 7 x VDDX Logic 1 pulse for X driver 0 Logic 0 Output alternation signal 0 7 x VDDX Logic 1 for X drivers 0 Logic 0 Data load and shift 0 7 x VDDX Logic 1 pulse for X driver 0 Logic 0 PWM counter reset sig 0 7 x VDDX Logic 1 nal for X driver 0 Logic 0 Digital video signal 0 7 x VDDX Logic 1 0 Logic 0 Digital video signal 0 7 x VDDX Logic 1 0 Logic 0 Digital video signal 0 7 x VDDX Logic 1 14 0 Logic 0 0 3 x VDDX Digital video signal 0 7 x VDDX Logic 1 VDDX Issue 1 04 02 Page 4 11 RAE 5 PAMS 4 User Interfaces Technical Do
160. O module Change UL1_0x Note BACKPWM signal HIGH when maximum brightness level setting Page 8 13 RAE 5 PAMS 8 Troubleshooting Technical Documentation 2 KL8 KL9 System HW related 2 1 Flash programming troubleshooting 2 1 1 Flashing does not start FLASH programming does not work YES If the fault information from the prommer is The Phone does not set Flashbus TXD line high after the startup b The Phone does not set Flashbus TXD line low after the line has been high The Prommer genera tes this error also when the Phone is not connected to the Prommer The Phone MCU has not received the first dummy word correctly from the Prommer after the startup d The Phone has not received Secondary code bytes correctly e The Phone MCU can not start Secondary code correctly Check that Flashing equipment functional and properly connected C138 VBB 2 8 V J304 PURX 1 2 8V J303 SLEEPCLK 32 kHz square wave d C303 13 MHz sine wave Note testpoints are explained more detailed in General Power Checking section Jump to General Power Checking Powers OK Jump to Clocks Troubleshooting Check that following lines are correct NO AccTxData line Jump to Serial Interface P MBUS 9 5 Note testpoints are explained more detailed in Serial Interface troubleshooting section Figure 5 Page 8 14 Issue 1 02 02 5 RAE 5
161. O VIA WD1 XIP TBC TBD 3 8 PAMS 3 RF System Module KL8 Technical Documentation Serial Peripheral Interface Second generation communicator RAE 2 System Status Register in MADLinda VHF RF IC used in KL8 RF HW Software Test Access Port Boundary Scan Texas Instruments Transient Voltage Suppressor Universal Asynchronous Receiver Transmitter Universal Synchronous Asynchronous Receiver Transmitter User Interface Voltage Controlled Temperature Compensated Oscillator Voltage Controlled Oscillator Versatile Interconnection Architecture inside MADLinda Wireless Data Engine 1 Execute In Place memory To be checked To be defined Issue 1 04 02 5 RAE 5 Technical Documentation 3 RF System Module KL8 RAE 5 Structure This document specifies the system HW part of RAE 5 GSM900 GSM1800 Dual Band Communicator The KL8 module contains both the system hard ware and the RF components The system part of the KL8 module functions as a combined CMT baseband and PDA engine RAE 5 Modules DL2 Color UI module CCTF BL 018 Keyboard module QWERTY flex Lithium KL8 Battery Battery SYSTEM RF BLL 3 Miei HF i switc module Li lon Figure 1 RAE 5 modules List of Modules Table 1 List of submodules Name of module Type code Material code RF amp System GSM phone PDA module User Interface DL2 0201784 PDA CMT displays Colour LCD Keyboard and Hinge flex 020
162. OD inte ab at oon 15 PDA LCD Bachllobt OI lll os ede dona REPRE RE 15 PDA LCD Power circuit 16 Antenna connectors and ground plane 17 QWERTY Keyboard Module UL8 18 NA a 18 AF8 PWB aoe nha sine pe gt 19 Issue 1 04 02 Page 4 3 RAE 5 4 User Interfaces Abbreviations Page 4 4 PAMS Technical Documentation AC Alternating Current BOC Blue Oyster Cult CMT Cellular Mobile Transceiver Oold Cathode Fluorescent Lamp DL2 Linda Display module including PWB and displays ESD Electro Static Discharge FPG Flexible Printed Circuit FSTN Film Compensated Super Twisted Nematic 8 5 PWB LCD Liquid Crystal Display LED Light Emitting Diode MCU Micro Computer Unit PWB Printed Wiring Board PDA Personal Digital Assistant Ul User Interface UIF User InterFace UL2 DL2 PWB submodule Issue 1 04 02 5 RAE 5 Technical Documentation 4 User Interfaces RAE 5 User Interface Structure 5 GSM900 GSM1800 Dual Band Communicator User Interface com prises the QWERTY keyboard module UL8 and the DL2 module with both dis plays User Interface DL2 This section describes the DL2 module This module includes PWB UL2 with SMD components PDA display includi
163. OK components Display ASIC 050 C075 and YES fault C101 Y Measure Measure NO VDD it VOY Fig 85 should be Display ASIQ OK 3 8V fault OK Measure DY Fig 90 DEM Fig 91 and Display ASIQ 91 XSET should N fault SCL Fig 92 be 2 8V XINH Fig 93 OK YES Check components V050 R051 R050 YES V052 R053 D050 V051 R055 Measure FRY_A fig 92 FRY YSCL YSCL_A fig 93 Display ASIC XINH OK and fault XINH_A 2 8V OK Check components YES C051 R054 R052 See section 4 Display ASIC 050 C053 0051 0052 8056 V053 V054 C054 C055 R059 R064 R058 R061 Figure 75 Issue 1 02 02 Page 8 89 RAE 5 PAMS 8 Troubleshooting Technical Documentation NOTE See section 2 23 There are all the relevant pictures of the signals mentioned below Measure these signals from UL2 side This is to make sure that the problem is not in KL8 side Start Section 3 Measure DispClk J012 OK Measure LLCIk JO27 OK Measure FSP J020 OK See section related PDA UI problems Measure DISPON J021 2 8V Measure LCDDAO A2 A4 A7 A9 A11 J019 J002 4004 J007 J006 J 008 J005 J017 YES Return Figure 76 8 90 Issue 1 02 02
164. P packages short circuits or broken solder joints are not easily seen If the examined signal seems to be continuously in low or high level then measure for possible short circuit to ground signal low or to supply voltage signal high Note that if a problem is not found from any visible contact component it TA can be under the CSPs where the signal is connected If there is no short circuit and the signal level is continuously at a low level then the following faults are possible contact problem in output soldering output active contact problem in soldering of pin having internal pull up tri stated sig nals The PDA display must be calibrated after the following actions have been tak en RAE 5 has been flashed PDA display or DL1 module has been replaced Note The last step in service before returning the RAE 5 to the customer is to set the RTC running time to 10 hours Service battery BBL 3B does that automatically Always use only the BBL 3B service battery with Wintesla Issue 1 02 02 8 7 RAE 5 8 Troubleshooting PAMS Technical Documentation System HW UI Troubleshooting Cases 1 Troubleshooting of System HW UI is divided to following cases 1 1 Dead Device Keypad problem 2 KL8 System HW related 2 1 Flash programming troubleshooting General Power Checking Device does not stay ON Charging checking Backup Battery Accessory Power Output Troubleshooting Clock
165. PCN input Input impedance Output impedance Input power VSWR all ports Page 3 52 Issue 1 04 02 5 RAE 5 Technical Documentation 3 RF System Module KL8 TX buffer and 3dB attenuator Table 33 Electrical specifiations Input power GSM 880 915 MHz Input power PCN 1710 1785 MHz Dual band power amplifier Table 34 Maximum Ratings GSM PCN 8 0 5 1 DC Input Voltage Vcc V V Input Power Table 35 Max ratings GSM Operating freg range Supply voltage Current of power control input Input impedance Output impedance Input power Output power Pout 1 35 Output power Pout 2 33 6 Control voltage range Input VSWR Operating freq range Supply voltage Current of power control input Issue 1 04 02 Page 3 53 RAE 5 PAMS 3 RF System Module KL8 Technical Documentation Table 36 Max ratings PCN continued Parameter Symbol Min Typ Input impedance Input power Output power Output power Control voltage range Isolation Input VSWR Directional coupler Table 37 Directional coupler specifications 0 1 5 Frequency range DCS1800 1710 1785 MHz dB ohm Insertion loss DCS1800 0 45 Impedance level of the 5 main line VSWR on main line Power detector Table 38 Power detector specifications 2 7 Supply voltage V Supply current Output voltage 0
166. PWM 32 R04C9 0 lt gt se W 2402 35 COLS LCDDa5 8 Et H Line M LCI 37 CDDa6G E 01 Line H Line Col 9 38 LCDDe3 5 E2 Line H LineL 2 CDDa 33 LCDDa10 8 02 H Line 82 Col amp 20 Clk 5 L Line H Line CDDa4 E GND L Line B3_Col4 ______ Lf 1 Es BATT_REM 7 E4 H LineL 4 7 43 SPKP 2 D4 L l ine H LineL 5 2 SPKP 44 SPKP 4 5 L Line H LineL 5 Row9 3 SPI 4 SPK 3 L Line H LineL B5 Col 6 1 SPKN GND FARP EARN COL Ct 48 EARP C5 enD 22 49 Col 8 50 2 5 Col 9 5 9 8 190 5 Cols Col 4 5 7403 ES Cols 5 56 Col 6 1 E LA 57 7 L Line H Line B Cal 58 Row8 2 E2 L Line H Line 2 CDDa1 59 Col 3 3 02 L Line H LineL B2 Col 7 60 Col2 L Line H Line Col 5 7 03 83 Cal 62 Col 1 4 L Line H Line 4 CDDa 63 RowSLCDCD D4 L Line H LineL 4 Row 64 Row4 ES A5 CDDaS 65 Row3 05 66 3 67 Row2 C4 GND eno 68 7 5 GND 2 63 Row1 78 GND 2404 VB VBB E L Line H Line Row1 01 L Line H Line B1 E2 L Line H Line 02 L Line H LineLB2 E3 L Line H Line 03 L Line H Line LBS E4 L Line BACKPWM 04 H Line 84 5 L Li
167. Power Tuning 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 Figure 34 Tune levels 15 11 0 and Base in accordance with the target values Click calculate check if the other levels match the targets correct if necessary Click Save when all values matches the targets Page 7 36 Issue 1 04 02 5 RAE 5 Technical Documentation 7 Service Software Instructions TX Tuning This tuning must be done in both bands Select Product Alt p Band b EGSM e Select Testing Alt e RF Controls r A new pop up window appears RF Controls Contl BASE Figure 35 Set Active unit to TX Set TX Data Type to Cont1 Click Apply Click Close and continue to next stage Issue 1 04 02 Page 7 37 5 5 7 Service Software Instructions Technical Documentation Common tuning procedure Select Tuning Alt t TX IQ Alt q A window now pops up Figure 36 TX IZQ Tuning JE n sau PB Figure 36 The carrier and 67 2 signal should now be tuned to a minimum Figure 37 The buttons in the TX and Q DC Offset will change the level of the carrier The buttons in the Amplitude and Phase window will change the level of the 67 2 signal When minimum values are reached click Save NRRROW SPECTRUM 0 167 kHz 1 67 kHz H2 20 6 dBm 28 9 dBm 33 3 dBm H1 H 2 NUS dB H2 H3 8 9 dB H1 H3 53 8 dB jns Ed 2
168. Programs After Market Services PAMS Technical Documentation SERVICE MANUAL Part No 02 RAE 5 CELLULAR PHONE PERSONAL DIGITAL ASSISTANT NOKIA Copyright 2002 Nokia Corporation All Rights Reserved RAE 5 NOKIA Foreword PAMS Technical Documentation AMENDMENT RECORD SHEET Amendment Inserted By Comments Number 092002 oom O OSOS Page 2 Nokia Corporation Draft 01 04 02 NOKIA RAE 5 PAMS Technical Documentation Foreword RAE 5 SERIES CELLULAR PHONE SERVICE MANUAL CONTENTS Foreword this section 2 General Information 3 RF System Module KL8 4 UIF Modules 5 Variants 6 Service Tools 7 Service Software and Tuning Instructions 8 Troubleshooting Instructions 9 Schematic Diagrams 10 Parts List 11 Disassembly and Service Instructions 12 Accessories Draft 01 04 02 Nokia Corporation Page 3 RAE 5 Foreword NOKIA PAMS Technical Documentation IMPORTANT This document is intended for use by qualified service personnel only Company Policy Page 4 Our policy is of continuous development details of all technical modifications will be included with service bulletins While every endeavour has been made to ensure the accuracy of this document some errors may exist If any errors are found by the reader NOKIA MOBILE PHONES Ltd should be notified in writing Please state Title of the Document Issue Number Date of publication Latest Amendment Num
169. RAE 5 device First there is a brief guide for fault localizing Then fault repairing is divided into troubleshooting paths Before any service operation you must be familiar with the RAE 5 product and module level architecture You must also be familiar with the RAE 5 specified service tools such as the WinTesla service software Flashing tools and soft ware Basic skills of using RF measurement devices are required when starting to follow the RF troubleshooting paths RAE 5 System HW UI Troubleshooting Tools needed for troubleshooting Service tools defined RAE 5 manual Service Tools section Laboratory power supply with current indicator Oscilloscope Digital multimeter General guidelines General notes about the RAE 5 product RAE 5 has only common engine KL8 system HW aged comprising CMT phone and PDA computer There separate CMT PDA displays and keyboards CMT display keyboard and PDA display on the UI module ee DL1 PDA QWERTY keyboard UI is UL8 flex module Audio connections for the handsfree speaker and earpiece are T on the UL8 flex module When you have a faulty RAE 5 device and you start to troubleshoot it check first the following items If the RAE 5 cannot be turned on by any means see dead device troubleshooting Blinking CMT display means that memory fault is preventing normal boot gt Memory tests
170. SEPCSX E2 8 ng 82 3 lt 2 50 B3 B4 Nc L8 NC Ct C3 ne Nc C5 Nc 01 05 Ne Not Assebled E NC 354 Ne FS 4841031 GI c 02 64 65 A H1 ne NC NC Ne LH NC Lot 04 J3 03 ne J4 Ne C369 180 5 2320805 SERIAL FLASH Atmel 44 ono 6 2 x 12 2 mm 2320778 6 28 640018770 0351 1 EL Eg 0 4341249 2 08 3 ce 4 FLASHM 4Mx16 5 AR 87 VCORE 7 AT 2 C7 4 and 64 8 A2 10 82 11 A 8 C353 C354 2320778 1848575 1800 10n 2320805 14 15 02 16 u VCORE 17 E1 and 66 19 AG 20 C6 21 C360 C361 6 22 63 f n 10 8 84 LT ELADIX 8 CS 5 FLRPX 85 NJ RST FLVPP 3 FIDE F8 nt VCORE 1 C5 Fl WPX 06 WAIT 03 e al E SKN t ot assembled El T n 1 E 4 16 2 2320803 GND 3 cse 4 EDI 5 63 gt 6 7 015 8 574 8 FG gt 10 FS 11 F4 12 05 3 EL ul 14 2 gt 15 Fi Dat E2 A4 64 VCORE E1 G6 VCORE A5 FLVPP 1 6 0 62 68 6 0 64Mbit sync FLASH Intel Whitecl iff uBGASG 7 8 x 9 1 mm
171. ST NOT be opened closed out of an EPA For more detailed information about ESD protection and EPA contact your local Nokia After Market Services representative Nokia Corporation Draft 01 04 02 PAMS Technical Documentation RAE 5 Series PDA 2 General Information Issue 1 04 02 Copyright 2002 Nokia Corporation All Rights Reserved 5 RAE 5 2 General Information Technical Documentation AMENDMENT RECORD SHEET Amendment Inserted By Comments Number quor 0 Issue 1 04 02 Page 2 2 5 RAE 5 Technical Documentation 2 General Information CONTENTS Troubleshooting Page No Introduction to 5 2 4 Technical Summary 2 4 List Of Modules 2 6 Accessories 2 7 General Accessories 2 7 Portable And Office Accessories 2 7 Mobile Accessories 2 7 Issue 1 04 02 2 3 BAE 5 PAMS 2 General Information Technical Documentation Introduction to RAE 5 RAE 5 is a dualband communicator with high speed data HSCSD for the GSM 900 DCS1800 networks and keyboards customized for the Chinese language The GSM power class is 4 and the PCN power class is 1 The RAE 5 Communicator provides an advanced and versatile connection be tween people via vario
172. V IBC SIM connect or VCORE x102 2 1 amp 10 H 5409187 hoaa 2 4 5 105 3540093 28 5 2 4740979 iid gl io TEM2O8T 104 E R115 gt 242 _ 74 Lx Sune 55 MBRMI20LT3 3M3 2310793 2320805 Din 4110451 EET 1430834 ws T 1T 1 6ND 2 33 Upout Gnd 66 po 447 117 R116 1436798 2312243 207 16 Near CCON 55 77 m 8100 In 2320481 2n2 ERES 2320592 i140 Sdn sa C118 C118 R111 mi sin ai zu T69n 6 3V 47 32 768kHz Te 97k6 pss ooa 1430770 4510219 Len C121 R118 1430423 OND 4u7 121 C122 2312243 1430754 332 16 D 2320536 GND GND CND CND C114 186n R121 VREF VBR 10k TI R122 1430778 VB 1 126 8 owe qp 1 4341091 CTRL No 2x100k R123 VIN VOUT VIN vouT 1620825 18k 0 0 y 100162200 i TK71630SCL C139 157 2 1 6129 e GND ae 116 2320805 10n 124 C123 1000 2320778 m 2220805 ND GND CND OND 2320805 GND 2310793 GND VB_CCONT MMC_PWR Riog VACC_CTRL cdi gt CHRG_CTRL HEADDET Ec CCONTCSX eSk3019 TL GENS 10 1 0 VB_CCONT VB_CCONT 5 4 00 0102 1756 i NCTSZ 75P8X CNTVRC3 0 NCP300LSN28T1 Reset Out 1 2 i l s m aH 5
173. X and internal reset signals and starts the boot program execution Note that from battery plug in to PURX release it takes about 100ms since there is no power in CCONT The GenSDIO pin is connected low with pull down resistor so that booting starts from MADLinda s internal boot ROM If booting is successful and the programming device is not connected the program execution continues from external program memory The CMT power switch on the cover is read as a normal keyboard input It is not connected to CCONT CMT Power switch only turns the phone functionality on or off SW implementation Power Off RAE 5 electronics is powered off only if the main battery voltage drops below the power off SW limit This happens when the main battery discharges or is removed When battery voltage drops below SW limit CCONT is powered down by letting CCONT s watch dog to go off Early warning of battery removal is generated by the battery removal switch Switch connects MADLinda s MPUGenlO6 to ground when user presses the locking latch of the battery Only phone functionality is powered off when the CMT power switch is pressed If the main battery is removed when the CMT is on the SIMIF in MADLinda powers down the SIM Charging Charging of main battery can be started in any operating mode The battery type and capacity are identified by MADLinda by measuring a pull down resis tor connected to BSI contact inside the battery pack Charging soft
174. a ACP 8 charger Issue 1 04 02 Page 6 17 5 PAMS 6 Service Tools Technical Documentation Service Cable SCH 12 For use with FLS 4 in flashing Product Code Service Cable SCH 12 0730137 View of SCH 12 Issue 1 04 02 Page 6 18 5 RAE 5 Technical Documentation 6 Service Tools D9 D9 Cable AXS 4 09 09 Cable AXS 4 is used to connect two 9 connectors e g be tween PC and FPS 8 flash prommer Product Code D9 D9 Cable AXS 4 0730090 View of AXS 4 Issue 1 04 02 Page 6 19 RAE 5 PAMS 6 Service Tools Technical Documentation MBUS Cable DAU 9C The MBUS Cable DAU 9C has a phone system connector and D9 female The DAUSC is MBUS FBUS interface cable between the phone and 5 232 in terface Product Code MBUS Cable DAU 9C 0730138 View of DAU 9C MBUS Cable DAU 9S The MBUS Cable DAU 9S has a modular connector and is used between PC and the modular T adapter Product Code MBUS Cable DAU 9S 0730108 View of DAU 9S Issue 1 04 02 Page 6 20 5 RAE 5 Technical Documentation 6 Service Tools DC Cable SCB 3 The DC Cable SCB 3 is used to connect the Calibration unit JBE 1 to the charger connection Vin of the phone when doing the charger calibration service procedure Product Code DC Cable SCB 3 0730114 View of SCB 3 Service Cable SCH 8 The Service Cable SCH 8 is used between the phone and FPS 8 and it can used betw
175. ac32 4xor tc7sl04fu 1 1 1 tc7sl04fu 1xinv 1 1 Color control I2e450 2x2 in nc7wz00 2x2 in and nc7wz08 1xinverter 1 8v 5 5v 7sz 1xbilateral switch nc7sz Schmitt inverter nc7sz14 Reg 3 8v 150ma ba038lbsg PAMS Technical Documentation 80V0 1A lt 4 80V0 1A lt 4 80V0 1A lt 4 1 0 1 lt 10 1 DES lt 10 D lt 80V0 1A lt 4 lt 10 SE 80V0 1A lt 4 0 30V0 OR lt 10 lt 10 26 VF 0 1 180 0 1 180 0 1 180 0 1 180 VF lt 3 6V VF lt 3 6V VF lt 3 6V VF lt 3 6V VF lt 3 6V VF lt 3 6V 0 1A180M VF VF 3 6V VF 3 6V 1 1 CONTROL L2E450 1 8V 5 5V 7SZ SWITCH NC7SZ INVERTER NC7SZ14 Issue 1 02 02 5 RAE 5 10 Parts Lists Technical Documentation N151 4341047 pll 2v 6v 74hc4046 1550 152 4341061 2 2 7 5 Imv393 153 4341059 1 2 7 5 Imv331 s 5250 5219013 Sm sw tact spst 12v 50ma 251 5219013 Sm sw tact spst 12v 50ma S260 5219013 Sm sw tact spst 12v 50ma 5261 5219013 Sm sw tact spst 12v 50ma X001 5469819 Sm conn 2x25f p0 5 0 5a X002 5469155 Sm conn fpc 10pol 0 5 9 X003 5469157 Sm conn fpc 20pol 0 5 9 X004 5420035 Sm conn rf 50r 100v X006 5469153 Sm stacker 1x4 spr X007 5469813 Sm conn 2x5f p0 5 0 5a ET 9854418 PWB 012 21 1009 4850167 LCD module 640 220 CCFT COG 1007 4850177 CMT LCD module 1075 9480703 Damper 9480568 Display adhesive 1076 9
176. ach the dongle PKD 1 to the parallel port 1 25 female D connector of the PC When connecting 1 to the parallel port be sure that you insert the computer side of the PKD 1 to the PC male side If you use a printer on par allel port 1 install the PKD 1 between the PC and your printer cable The PKD 1 should not affect devices working with it If some errors occur er rors in printing are possible please try printing without the PKD 1 If printing is OK without the PKD 1 please contact your dealer We will offer you a new PKD 1 in exchange for your old one The program is delivered on a diskette and is copy protected with a dongle PKD 1 It must be present in parallel port when using Service software Installing the software on PC Hard Disk The program can also be installed on the hard disk which is recommendable to obtain a maximum data access rate Keep the original diskette safe to enable upgrading of the program If you plan to use PCL Start service software you must install it before installing Service software see PCL Start installation instructions To install the new Service software program follow the steps below jm insert the new Service software diskette into drive A of your computer 2 start Windows and open File Manager log into drive a type A and press lt Enter gt 3 start INSTALL EXE and type C and press lt Enter gt install Service software to drive C To install product specif
177. al Documentation 7 Service Software Instructions A window pops up Figure 39 RF Controls Figure 39 Set TX Data Type to press Apply then press Close The window closes Select the following Tuning Tx IQ Issue 1 04 02 Page 7 41 RAE 5 PAMS 7 Service Software Instructions Technical Documentation A window pops up TX IZQ Tuning TX and Q DC Offset Amplitude and Phase Difference TX L DC Offset Amplitude Difference Cancel NE H E Hep 100 100 1 TX Q DC Offset Phase Difference E E n 100 100 85 35 Figure 40 This is the Tx Tuning window Set the Power Level to 10 Then the Spectrum Analyzer shows a plot like this Figure 41 arL 1 TIT ABH ld cB LJ TER Hr Jb a EE ini ca e d bom 300 kHr Len gr b miz Figure 41 Marker 1 shows the wanted signal Marker 2 and marker 3 show the unwanted signals 7 42 Issue 1 04 02 5 RAE 5 Technical Documentation 7 Service Software Instructions In the Tx Tuning window use TX DC Offset and TX Q DC Offset to adjust the spurious at 902 0MHz Marker 2 to the minimum level TX and Q DC Offset Amplitude and Phase Difference TX I DC Off
178. arted to execute from flash If any one of the self tests fails except 3 7 8 and the text Contact Service is shown in the phone display MCU Self tests are divided into those executed while power up tests 1 5 and 9 and the ones be executed with the connected PC The tests and in cluded items are as follows Figure 32 screendump from the WinTesla Self tests x Close BCU ROH CeCe EU cenean mio Un n ntn Passed Help MCU EEPROM Interface Passed RTC Battery Passed CCONT Interface Passed A D Converter Passed SW Reset Passed Power Off Not executed Read Results Security Data Passed EEPROM Tune Checksum Passed PPM Checksum Passed 8 MCU Download DSP Passed Additional Information DSP Alive Passed COBBA Serial Passed COBBA Parallel Passed EEPROM Sec Checksum Passed PPM Validity Passed Warranty State Passed SW Version Not executed Tests Figure 32 The information can be used for diagnosis Memory tests differ from normal DCT3 self tests They can not be executed in the ENOS because memory protection There is no EEPROM The EEPROM is emulated in the FLASH part of CS2 All contents where EEPROM is mentioned refer to emulated EEPROM Item no 1 MCU ROM Checksum Page 8 44 Issue 1 02 02 5 RAE 5 Technical Documentation 8 Troubleshooting Calculates 16 bit checksum out of Flash code and com
179. atic cell Chargers em es 50 code Vac Vac Fast Travel Charger ACP 12C 0675297 Chinese plug and label 90 264 Vac Fast Travel Charger ACP 12A 0675300 Australia plug operating voltage 90 264 Vac Mobile Charger LCH 9 0675120 Operating voltage 10 8 32 Portable And Office Accessories Name of module Type code Material code Advanced Desktop Stand DCH 10 0675209 RS232 Adapter Cable DLR 2 0271367 Cable between communicator and PC serial port Memory Card DTS 64 0273026 Mobile Accessories Name of module Type code Material code Advances GarHolder Mounino Pe X Issue 1 04 02 Page 2 7 RAE 5 PAMS This page intentionally left blank Page 2 8 Issue 1 04 02 PAMS Technical Documentation RAE 5 Series PDA 3 RF System Module 8 Issue 1 04 02 Copyright 2002 Nokia Corporation All Rights Reserved RAE 5 PAMS 3 RF System Module KL8 Technical Documentation AMENDMENT RECORD SHEET Amendment Inserted By Comments Number 04 02 Page 3 2 Issue 1 04 02 5 RAE 5 Technical Documentation 3 RF System Module KL8 CONTENTS Troubleshooting Page No ADBIGUISIIDIS 3 6 HAE 5 cot eta 3 9 RAE 5 3 9 List of Modules
180. band 960 MHz Terminating impedance ohm VSWR ANT and RX 1 2 0 Permissible input power Issue 1 04 02 Page 3 49 RAE 5 PAMS 3 RF System Module KL8 Technical Documentation Table 24 ANT to RX_2 Electrical specifications Parameter Min Passband Terminating impedance VSWR RX_2 and ANT 1805 1880 MHz Permissible input power Receiver blocks RX EGSM900 DCS1800 DUALBAND SAW FILTER Unbalanced inputs and outputs Table 25 Electrical specifications Parameter Filter 1 from input 1 to output 1 Passband Insertion loss Terminating impedance Passband 1805 1880 Insertion loss 3 8 6 Terminating impedance 50 2 0 gt 23 Maximum drive level 10 EGSM Pre amplifier LNA Table 26 EGSM Pre amplifier specifications 2 67 2 85 V Supply voltage Current consumption mA Gain dB Input VSWR 70 50 ohms Output VSWR Zo 50 ohms Gainstep 2 9 Page 3 50 Issue 1 04 02 5 RAE 5 Technical Documentation 3 RF System Module KL8 DCS1800 Pre amplifier LNA Table 27 DCS1800 Pre amplifier specifications Parameter Wm Frequency band 1805 1880 Hz S Curentconsumption GSM PCN IC Hagar RX part Table 28 GSM PCN IC RX part Specification Parameter Minimum Maximum Unnos pam
181. ber if applicable Page s and or Figure s in error Please send to Nokia Mobile Phones Ltd PAMS Technical Documentation PO Box 86 24101 SALO Finland Nokia Corporation Draft 01 04 02 NOKIA RAE 5 PAMS Technical Documentation Foreword Warnings and Cautions Please refer to the phone s user guide for instructions relating to operation care and maintenance including important safety information Note also the following Warnings 1 CARE MUST BE TAKEN ON INSTALLATION IN VEHICLES FITTED WITH ELECTRONIC ENGINE MANAGEMENT SYSTEMS AND ANTI SKID BRAKING SYSTEMS UNDER CERTAIN FAULT CONDITIONS EMITTED RF ENERGY CAN AFFECT THEIR OPERATION IF NECESSARY CONSULT THE VEHICLE DEALER MANUFACTURER TO DETERMINE THE IMMUNITY OF VEHICLE ELECTRONIC SYSTEMS TO RF ENERGY 2 THE CELLULAR TELEPHONE MUST NOT BE OPERATED IN AREAS LIKELY TO CONTAIN POTENTIALLY EXPLOSIVE ATMOSPHERES EG PETROL STATIONS SERVICE STATIONS BLASTING AREAS ETC 3 OPERATION OF ANY RADIO TRANSMITTING EQUIPMENT INCLUDING CELLULAR TELEPHONES MAY INTERFERE WITH THE FUNCTIONALITY OF INADEQUATELY PROTECTED MEDICAL DEVICES CONSULT A PHYSICIAN OR THE MANUFACTURER OF THE MEDICAL DEVICE IF YOU HAVE ANY QUESTIONS OTHER ELECTRONIC EQUIPMENT MAY ALSO BE SUBJECT TO INTERFERENCE Cautions 1 Servicing and alignment must be undertaken by qualified personnel only 2 Ensure all work is carried out at an anti static workstation and that an anti static wrist strap is
182. box Select 5 Battery temperature checkbox Select 6 Charge current Select Save without confirmation if you don t want confirm all the selected calibration values before saving Run calibrations by pressing Run button Set supply voltage back to 8 0 V Issue 1 04 02 Page 7 51 RAE 5 PAMS 7 Service Software Instructions Technical Documentation This page intentionally left blank 7 52 Issue 1 04 02 PAMS Technical Documentation RAE 5 Series PDA 8 Troubleshooting Issue 1 02 02 Copyright 2002 Nokia Corporation All Rights Reserved RAE 5 PAMS 8 Troubleshooting Technical Documentation AMENDMENT RECORD SHEET Amendment Inserted By Comments Number 02 02 Page 8 2 Issue 1 02 02 5 RAE 5 Technical Documentation 8 Troubleshooting CONTENTS Troubleshooting Page No 1 8 6 RAE 5 System HW UI Troubleshooting 8 6 Tools needed for troubleshooting 8 6 General Ouracines ERE RES 8 6 System HW UI Troubleshooting Cases 8 8 Nominal Current Consumption 9 9 1 System HW UI Troubleshooting 8 10 MMT CACC VICE NER p P 8 10 1 2 Keypad problems 23222559445 8 11 1 3 PDA backlight problems 8 13 2 KL8 KL9 System HW relat
183. cal Documentation Connections Antenna One common antenna resonating on both bands is used The antenna is lo cated in the cover part The RF connection between the KL8 module and the antenna is a coaxial cable RF connector and antenna switch There are two antenna connectors in KL8 module One is the connector for ex ternal car kit antenna and it has an integrated mechanical switch function This connector is integrated with the system connector The other connector is used for connecting the coaxial cable which leads to the communicator s own antenna Table 42 External antenna connector and switch Parameter __ solaioninGsMband e Isolation in DCS band 12 dB esee a VSWR GSM band 1 3 sis esa 1 1 Table 43 Internal antenna connector VSW RF System interface The System block resides on the same PWB with the RF block yet there is no physical connector between them The electrical interface to the System block is described below Page 3 56 Issue 1 04 02 5 RAE 5 Technical Documentation 3 RF System Module KL8 Table 44 AC and DC Characteristics of signals between RF and System blocks Signal To Parameter Typi Function name cal VBATT PA Voltage PA supply voltage E NNNM HAGAR Voltage 1 1 478 1 478 15 1 523 V Reference voltage Current 150 PAGAR VCTCXO
184. cap npO 18 50v C714 2320783 Chipcap x7r 33n k 10v C716 2320546 Chipcap npO 27p 50v C717 2320546 Chipcap 27p j 50v C720 2320556 Chipcap 68p j 50v C721 2320524 Chipcap 0 3p3 c 50v Issue 1 02 02 Page 10 13 RAE 5 10 Parts Lists C730 C731 C733 C741 C746 C747 C750 C753 C754 C755 C757 C758 C759 C760 C761 C762 C780 C781 C783 C784 C785 C789 C790 C792 C793 C799 C800 C801 C802 C803 C804 C805 C807 C808 C830 C831 C832 C834 C835 C836 C837 C862 C863 L100 L101 L102 L103 L200 2320546 2320756 2320546 2320540 2320540 2320556 2320548 2320546 2320778 2310793 2320514 2320584 2320546 2320526 2320536 2320536 2611757 2611757 2320481 2320524 2320805 2320518 2320518 2320560 2320540 2320534 2320560 2320466 2310248 2320564 2320526 2312243 2320564 2320805 2320560 2310793 2320620 2320584 2320540 2320546 2320805 2320520 2320536 3203743 3203743 3203729 3640093 3203727 Page 10 14 Chipcap 0 27 50v Chipcap x7r 3n3 k 50v Chipcap 0 27p 50v Chipcap 0 15p 50 Chipcap 0 15p 50 Chipcap 0 68 50 Chipcap 0 33p 50 Chipcap 0 27 50v Chipcap 7 10n 16 Chipcap x5r 2u2 k 10v Chipcap 0 1 2 50 Chipcap x7r 1 0 50 Chipcap 0 27p 50v Chipcap 0 3p9 50v Chipcap 0 10 50 Chipcap 0 10 50 Chiptcap 470u m 10v 7 Chiptcap 470u m 10v 7 Chipcap x5r 1u k 6v3
185. ck signal is buffered to low level sine wave clock signal RFC and fed to system HW side There it is connected to MADLinda clock input The MPU within MADLinda can stop the clock by shutting off the VCTCXO s supply voltage VXO via CCONT CCONT provides a 32kHz sleep clock generated from 32 768kHz quartz crystal This clock signal is used internally in CCONT to run the RTC and routed to MADLinda SLEEPCLK Sleep clock is used to run MADLinda when the main clock is shut down A backup battery keeps the RTC running if the main battery is disconnected Other clock signals are generated inside MADLinda using PLLs and clock divid ers which are controlled by SW The maximum clock frequency in the MPU side is 52MHz and in the DSP side 78MHz Page 3 24 Issue 1 04 02 5 RAE 5 Technical Documentation 3 RF System Module KL8 Power Control and Reset In normal operation the system HW is powered from the main battery An exter nal charger can recharge the battery while also supplying power to RAE 5 The supplied charger is so called performance charger 12 which can deliver 850mA The power management circuitry provides protection against over voltages charger failures and pirate chargers etc that would otherwise cause damage to RAE 5 Following chapters give an overview about power management issues Power Distribution Figure 4 describes the power distribution of RAE 5 Power supply components CCONT VBB Vcore
186. cumentation Line Symbol Typical Nom inal 15 XSCL 0 Logic 0 0 3 x VDDX V Shift clock for X driver 0 7 x VDDX Logic 1 VDDX 16 013 0 Logic 0 0 3 x VDDX V Digital video signal 0 7 x VDDX Logic 1 VDDX 17 D12 0 Logic 0 0 3 x VDDX V Digital video signal 0 7 x VDDX Logic 1 VDDX D11 Logic 0 0 3 x VDDX Digital video signal D 7 VDDX Logic 1 VDDX Logic 0 0 3 x VDDX Digital video signal B 7 x VDDX Logic 1 VDDX Logic Low signal for X driver LCD low level for X driv er X006 connector pinout X006 is a 4 way stacker connector to piezo FPC Line Sym Parameter Mini Typical bol mum Nomi nal Feedback Feedback from CCFL 0 0 84 1 54 output Piezo in Input to primary of pie 0 5 8 Vrms Output zo transformer AGND Supply Supply X007 connector pinout X007 is a 10 way flex connector to CMT LCD Line Sym Parameter ini Typical bol Nomi nal Ground DC DC voltage con verter output LCDRSTX Reset ee 3xVBB Active Output Supply voltage 2 GE Supply 6 GenSClk Serial clock input 203kHz 3 25 3 25MHz mcr Output Page 4 12 Issue 1 04 02 5 RAE 5 Technical Documentation 4 User Interfaces Line Sym Parameter ini Typical i Function bol Nomi nal 0 3xVBB Low Output 0 VBB GenSDIO Serial data input 3xVBB Output 0 V High 2 Control display data 0 3xVBB Control Output flag input 0 7xVBB Data 9 LCDEN Chip select input 0
187. d 5 4139kHz Min S 410k E E x eee E Min 5 9105 PORE TERES RINT 2 amp Nov 2000 M a4 0gs Chi 13 13 39 Figure 87 FRY signal Tek 2 50MS s 1786 Acqs EMI 5 00V a Os Chi 7 300mV 2s Nov 2000 13 13 39 Figure 88 YSCL signal 2762 Acqs Tek 2 50MS s NUI soov cis 13 32 41 Figure 89 XINH signal Issue 1 02 02 Page 8 95 RAE 5 PAMS 8 Troubleshooting Technical Documentation Tek 10 0kS s 185 Acqs E 15 52 48 Figure 90 DY_A signal Tek 1 00 5 5 1042 Acqs EF C1 Freq 5 4054kHz 15 43 21 Figure 91 FRY Tek 2 50 5 5 56 Acqs 1 2 046 Freq 10 8225kHz 4 28 Nov 2000 15 49 14 Figure 92 5 signal Page 8 96 Issue 1 02 02 5 RAE 5 Technical Documentation 8 Troubleshooting Tek 1 00GS s 12 Acqs T C1 Freq 4 3290MH2 dq v ot ne 16 05 06 Figure 93 XSCL signal Tek 1 00GS s 13 5 1 2 80 C1 Low 80 C1 Rise 64 2ns C1 Fall 54 2ns WE 300mVG M56 0ns i 01V 11 2000 13 15 46 Figure 94 Data signal Note There should be constant activity in the datalines and signals should look something like this Issue 1 02 02 Page 8 97 RAE 5 PAMS 8 Troubleshooting Technical Documentation 360 88
188. d back and verified Page 8 30 Issue 1 02 02 5 RAE 5 Technical Documentation 8 Troubleshooting 2 8 2 Test in PTS WinTesla flashing These tests are in the beginning of device flashing If any of these tests fail the flashing will be stopped and a notification will be shown on the monitor screen SDRAM D350 data is written to certain addresses read back and compared FLASH 0 D351 and 1 D352 device and manufacturer ids are read from each of the flashes and then the values are compared same test as in boot up DiskOnChip D353 device id is read and the value is compared Issue 1 02 02 Page 8 31 RAE 5 PAMS 8 Troubleshooting Technical Documentation 2 9 2 9 1 Memory Troubleshooting Memory fails In Boot Up tests CMT Backlight is blinking If the device won t boot up and CMT display backlight is blinking FLASH 0 D351 probably ok To measure signals from D352 D353 and D350 the device needs to bebooted up constantly since the lines are active only a short time in the beginning ofthe boot Also CCONT WATCHDOG will shut the device off after 32 seconds The interval between each memory device blinks is 1 second and the interval between different memory device blinks is 2 seconds For example if FLASH1 and DiskOnChip are broken the blinking sequence goes Tv 2 blinks with 1 sec interval FLASH fault 2 sec without blinks OPEN 5 blinks with 1 sec intervals DiskOnChip fault
189. d the dialog box is closed When the dialog box is closed the application starts Page 7 8 Issue 1 04 02 5 RAE 5 Technical Documentation 7 Service Software Instructions Cancel button ESC The Dialog box is closed and application is started but the Faultlog feature is disabled Help button F1 Activates the Windows Help application and displays context sensi tive Help Main Window When Wintesla opens the basic screen product specific DLL s must be acti vated using mouse to select Product gt Open and select RAE 5 Using Help When DLL s are active the menu bar contains several items including help texts as shown in Figure 2 View Help Index General Help F1 Using Help About WinTesla About AS Locals Figure 2 Menu bar Instructions for service software use can be found in the help texts Step by step instructions for complex operations like SW upgrades and tunings can be found in the end of this chapter Issue 1 04 02 Page7 9 RAE 5 PAMS 7 Service Software Instructions Technical Documentation Software upgrade guide Equipment Setup instructions 1 Once a 5 8 box is used for the first time it has to be activated according to the instructions included in the 5 8 package 2 Connect the box cables and PC according to the drawing see Figure 3 Figure 3 Flashing setup Item Service accessory Type Product code 1 Prommer FPS 8 0750123 incl 2 pc
190. display Wintesla service software can be used with jig differ ent kind of test cases will work PDA display test MMC test etc EPOC Running State Symbian switch is needed to be pressed down while turning the power ON The switch can be released after the SW has started to boot software will now run In Use For simulation of cover open cover closed there is a magnet toggle on cover of the jig Sticker beside the toggle describes the meaning of positions The magnetic force field strength is a bit weaker than in Linda communicator There are extra GNDs included to jc4 board to board adapter There is also special GND pin in middle of the jig Finishing Before turning the main source off press the nail in audio cover to make an in terrupt to processor This is important especially if you have an active call ON Page 6 8 Issue 1 04 02 5 RAE 5 Technical Documentation 6 Service Tools or data transfer going to from memory card or serial flash After pressing the nail down turn the source off within 5 seconds while PDA display is blanked if cover open Note Check whether the SW version of the device under test supports this function battery removal interrupt Issue 1 04 02 Page 6 9 RAE 5 PAMS 6 Service Tools Technical Documentation Signals in Board to Board Adapter JC4 Table 1 Pin List of JC4 Pin Description GND 36 LCDDa5 e
191. e IS 24 S 3 c 5260 Issue 1 04 2002 09 10 5 RAE 5 Technical Documentation 9 Schematic diagrams Block Diagram of KL8_05 system Version 0 2 Edit 114 cpu REFs 300 399 Ji REFs 400 443 ROW 9 0 COL 9 0 COL 9 0 9 0 BATT_REM PDA_LCD 16 9 PDA_LCD 16 0 BATT_REM KBLIGHTS KBLIGHTS DTR LCDEN LCDEN LCDRSTX LCDRSTX HEADDET LCDPWM LCDPWM HOOKDET BACKPWM BACKPWM LCD_PWR LCD_PWR PROG_EN PROG_EN GENSIOC1 0 pee RXQP audio_rfi 5 200 299 RXQP AUDIO 3 0 RXIP HEADDET COBBACLK COBBACLK HOOKDET COBBACSX COBBACSX COBBARSTX COBBARSTX COBBASDa COBBASDa gt AFC COBBAQDa COBBAQDa COBBAIDa COBBAIDa gt RXREF PCM 3 0 PCM 3 0 AMP_SHDN AMP_SHDN gt IXC AFC gt TXIN RXREF XN gt syscon REFs 450 499 1 TXIP 2 TXQN XEAR DTR TXQN gt XM
192. e 7 AF8 PWB Page 4 20 Issue 1 04 02 PAMS Technical Documentation RAE 5 Communicator 5 RAE 5 Variants Issue 1 04 02 Copyright 2002 Nokia Corporation All Rights Reserved RAE 5 PAMS 5 RAE 5 Variants Technical Documentation AMENDMENT RECORD SHEET Amendment Date Inserted By Comments Number Page 5 2 Issue 1 04 02 5 Technical Documentation CONTENTS Troubleshooting Foreword Country versions Common Modules Issue 1 04 02 RAE 5 5 RAE 5 Variants Page No 5 3 RAE 5 PAMS 5 RAE 5 Variants Technical Documentation Foreword This section of the service manual contains information about the RAE 5 PDA variants Various language versions of 5 are supported using different keymats and different FLASH software All other components modules amp mechanics are identical A detailed exploded diagram is available in Section 10 Parts lists 5 4 Issue 1 04 02 5 RAE 5 Technical Documentation 5 RAE 5 Variants Country versions Table 1 Country versions Prod Product Variant Keyboard Swap Sales area uct type name guage code unit code code a _ _ ___ _ __ ____ ___ __ __ ____ ___ 9790431 bloc 9790503 0630554 RAE 5N French French FR AZERTY 0069403 FR Benelux 9790504 9790504 9790504 gian 9790504 vian 9790504 9790431 0630561 RAE 5NR taian IT QWERTY 0069405 except China 4 0
193. e Tools CONTENTS Troubleshooting Page No Module Jig MJS 14 6 5 Product Code 6 5 Views of MJS 14 6 5 User Guide for MJS 14 RETE Een 6 7 lip ms 6 7 Power SOUICE 6 7 Flash Mode vs Running mode 6 7 External Connections 6 7 6 7 System Signals 6 7 Audio Signals du xxr d Rr op oos ER 6 7 Ip Terminals uiuo ea 6 7 Detection Switches 6 7 6 8 POWEI JM TT EET 6 8 Default State 6 8 EPOC Running Stale el ere RR 6 8 IMUSE Aer 6 8 6 8 Signals in Board to Board Adapter 6 10 Flash Prommer FPS 8 Sales Pack 6 11 a E NEE 6 11 View of FPS 8 6 11 Calibration 6 12 PIOGUC Code 6 12 View of JBE 2 6 12 User Gide for JBE 2 2226 apio 6 13 Service Operations 6 13 Power Management Calibrations
194. e V IN is connected through 1 5A fuse F450 to CHAPS charger control ASIC s VCH inputs Divided 47k 4k7 V IN voltage level is connected to CCONT s VCHAR ADC input Page 3 34 Issue 1 04 02 5 RAE 5 Technical Documentation 3 RF System Module KL8 Charger controlling PWM output line CHRG_CTRL comes from CCONT s PWM output PWM OUT External RF External RF signal comes from RF section of KL8 RF connector in system con nector includes switch for external internal signal routing When external RF plug is not connected to the system connector RF signal is connected to coax ial antenna cable connector X499 POWER block Power block includes following functions supply voltage generation for system and RF parts and 2 8V to UI control of main battery charging power on and power off controlling and reset generation RTC and RTC backup control sleep clock generation SIM interface A D conversions powering of Memory Card Accessory power output generation through System Connector Main components in power block are CCONT2M power ASIC N100 CHAPS charging control ASIC N101 Linear regulator N102 for VBB DC DC switching regulator V105 for Vcore Linear regulator N103 for Memory Card powering VMMC Linear regulator N104 for Accessory power output VACC FET V108 for control of regulators N102 and V105 32 768kHz crystal oscil
195. e booted up constantly since the lines are active only a short time in the beginning of the boot Also CCONT WATCHDOG will turn the device off after 32 sec Check activity from lines FLDa7 FLAd5 and FLCS2X NO ACTIVITY or 1 PARTIAL ACTIVITY ACTIVITY OK b 4 D300 faulty replace Replace D353 Figure 25 Issue 1 02 02 Page 8 37 RAE 5 PAMS 8 Troubleshooting Technical Documentation 2 9 5 Memory fails in PTS WinTesla flashing 1 SDRAM id read test fails Refer to the previous SDRAM fault chapter 2 Flash manufacturer and device id read fails a If id read from all of the flashes D351 and D352 fails most likely the prob lem is in D300 Check D300 and control lines FLDa7 J351 positive pulses 1 8V FLCSOX J338 negative pulses 1 8V FLOEX J341 negative pulses 1 8V FLCS1X J339 negative pulses 1 8V FLWEX J342 negative pulses 1 8V FLCS2X J340 negative pulses 1 8V FLAd5 J350 positive pulses 1 8V FLRPX J343 high 1 8V DUREE FLWPX J347 low 1 8V If any of the signals is missing replace the D300 Page 8 38 Issue 1 02 02 5 RAE 5 Technical Documentation 8 Troubleshooting b If id read from one or two flashes fails ID read from FLASH fails D352 id read fails Check if FLCSOX OK J338 YES Replace D351 Replace D300 YES Check if FLCS1X OK J339 NO Change D352 Figure 26 Refer to the oscilloscope screen shots next page for what
196. e from CCONT 2 Voltage Current Page 3 12 Issue 1 04 02 5 RAE 5 Technical Documentation 3 RF System Module KL8 Table 2 Operating voltages and power consumptions continued V Reference voltage to COBBA GJP and RF 2 VREF Available from CCONT Current Consumption in system HW 2 VCP and VSIM together max 30mA 4 Total current from CCONT VR1 VR6 max 330mA rms System Connector Table 3 Electrical characteristics of the system connector X450 signals Voltage in Supply ground CHAPS absolute max input voltage Current in Fusing current Unloaded Fast Charger 9 LCH 9 Charging current Voltage in Current in 14 0 Unloaded Standard Charger 7 Charging current 0 5 Charger control PWM low Charger control PWM high Voltage in Current in 5 XEAR Issue 1 04 02 3 CHRG Output LOW CTRL Output HIGH PWM Frequency PWM duty cycle Output resistance Output AC imped ance Series output capaci tance Resistance to phone ground Output AC imped ance Series output capaci tance fast charger connected ref to GND ref to GND Load AC impedance ref to SGND Headset Load AC impedance ref to SGND Accessory Max output level no load Load DC resistance ref to SGND Accessory Load DC resistance ref to SGND Headset DC voltage 44k pull up to VBB
197. e voltage 500 uVrms 10 10000 2 Settling time 13 26 High stability clock 05 VCTCXO MADLin HAGAR we pF HAGAR 5 COBBA Voltage 145 12 Reference voltage S d 200 h for RX baseband ource impe signals ance Current 50 uA 5 10 12 300 1400 1400 Single ended phase signal to baseband 272 8 300 1400 Single ended quad E NN _12 1 rature RX signal to 3 58 Issue 1 04 02 5 RAE 5 Technical Documentation 3 RF System Module KL8 Table 44 AC and DC Characteristics of signals between RF and System blocks continued Signal From To Parameter Typi Function name cal COBBA HAGAR Differential voltage 1 226 1 32 Vpp Differential in phase swing x0 75 TX baseband signal for the TX I Q mod DC level 1 165 1 2 ulator Note swing Differential offset mV multiplier may voltage cor change later rected Diff offset voltage temp depen dence Source imped ohm ance Load resistance 40 Load capacitance 10 Resolution 8 COBBA HAGAR Differential voltage 1 226 1 32 1 416 Differential quadra swing x0 75 ture TX baseband signal for the TX DC level 1 165 1 235 modulator Note Differential offset 2 0 mV swing multiplier 0 75 voltage cor
198. ece capsule C202 R203 L452 OK e C464 R460 L450 OK e C462 R455 C460 C461 C452 C450 e AUXOUT voltage between NO 8 R200 R202 is 1 5V during e OK call e Check XEAR and GND lines Check C201 from System Conn X450 pins 5 and 11 e to COBBA and 6457 C463 RASS 200 COBBA faulty e e e e e Check N100 EAD value e with WinTesla Head e Check XMIC line from Accessor _ set Mic OK during System Conn ae to N200 detection sida 207 216 215 219 N100 or D300 MAD Continues next page fault Figure 58 Issue 1 02 02 Page 8 71 RAE 5 8 Troubleshooting OK Page 8 72 Headset out of order continues Remote control switch OK Head set faulty PAMS Technical Documentation Measurements in Service Jig NO Check voltage at C208 while HS switch button is pushed OK Voltage at C208 HOOKDET low D300 MAD faulty Check R207 and C208 Figure 59 Issue 1 02 02 5 RAE 5 Technical Documentation 8 Troubleshooting 2 20 RF Interface 2 20 1 Phone doesn t register to the network or doesn t make a call Phone does not register to the network or does not make a call C254 VCOBBA gt 2 7V Check N100 CCONT C100 Vref 1 5V Check C100 R211 YES Check supply voltage during RX slot Check CCONT N100 Check C101 VCP gt 4 8V m C133 VRX gt 2 7V pile C135 VSYN_1
199. ed ues ent tee ener a meet redeem 8 14 2 1 Flash programming troubleshooting 8 14 2 T l Blashine GOES NOL Start 8 14 2 1 2 Flash memory fault indicated 8 15 2 13 Flash VPP aris rare 8 16 2 1 4 Flash Erasing Programming Error 8 17 2 2 General POwer CHECKING 8 18 2 3 Device does not stay css esci erste wha EE 8 20 2 4 Charging checking 8 21 2 5 Backup Battery 2 Y aea 8 23 2 5 1 Backup battery 8 23 2 6 Accessory Power Output 8 25 2 6 1 No Accessory Voltage when needed 8 26 2 6 2 Accessory Voltage ON all the time 8 27 24 25560 ee ed revera PvE i Peta merci e er Per d dore ips 8 28 2 1 1 Clocks Troubleshooting ee PEU RE 8 28 2 8 KLS KLO9Memory 16368 cree edere e x SR bru ge bes en 8 30 2 8 1 Testin BOOTUP vsere predre hee 8 30 2 8 2 Test in PTS WinTesla flashing 8 31 2 9 Memory Troubleshooting 8 32 2 9 1 Memory fails In Boot Up tests CMT Backlight is blinking
200. ee 12 16 View Of HHS 13 eu aaa c ye n Re no n c c e a e 12 16 Mounting plate MAUS 12 16 Product OU ao ebur a ae wae oe 12 16 Advanced HF Unit 2 12 17 Issue 1 04 02 Page 12 3 RAE 5 PAMS 12 Accessories Technical Documentation Product Code 12 17 VIEW OF HFU 2 12 17 Power Cable 12 18 Product Code xo aii ace 12 18 View of PCH 4J 12 18 Handsfree Microphone HFM 8 12 18 Product COOR ne bd EX OE CC 12 18 View of HFM 8 12 18 External HF Speaker HFS 12 12 19 Product Code 12 19 View of HFS 12 12 19 Handset HSU 1 included 12 19 Product Code 12 19 View of OUS s i atia Ce acd 12 19 Antenna Set NMT GSM 900 1800 AMD 2 not included 12 20 Upgrade kit CARK110 E REY 12 20 12 4 Issue 1 04 02 5 RAE 5 Technical Documentation 12 Accessories General Accessories Battery Pack BLL 3 BLL 3 is a lithium ion battery with 1300 mAh capacity
201. een the phone and modular T adapter Product Code Service Cable SCH 8 0730137 View of SCH 8 Issue 1 04 02 Page 6 21 RAE 5 PAMS 6 Service Tools Technical Documentation Power ACH 6 There are several variants of ACH 6 DC Power sources available Product Code ACH SUJ 60 0 5 Japan 0675085 0675140 EI REN 6A Australia 0675086 ACH 6X UK Hong Kong 0675087 Views of ACH 6 ACH 6E ACH 6U ACH 6A ACH 6X Euro USA Australia UK Page 6 22 Issue 1 04 02 5 RAE 5 Technical Documentation 6 Service Tools SW Security Device PKD 1 SW security device is a piece of hardware enabling the use of the service soft ware when connected to the parallel LPT port of the PC Without the dongle present it is not possible to use the service software Printer or any such device can be connected to the PC through the dongle if needed Caution Make sure that you have switched off the PC and the printer before making connections Caution Do not connected the PKD 1 to the serial port You may damage your PKD 1 Product Code SW Security Device PKD 1 0750018 View of SW Security Device G0750018 Modular T adapter The modular T adapter is a suitable branching unit to provide the needed paral lel modular connections It is used between the Service Car Kit HCL 1 and DAU 9S Product Code Modular T adapter 4626134 View of Modular T adapter Issue 1 04 02 Page 6 23 RAE 5 PAMS 6 Se
202. ents in the block are two 4 16 64Mbit Flash memories D351 D352 DOC 16MB 128Mbit flash memory D353 SDRAM 4 16 64Mbit D350 Serial Flash 32Mbit D354 Serial flash is not assembled to 8 module XIP Memories The directly executable MPU program code resides in two XIP Flash memories In Assembled device when 1 8V is connected to VPP pins Flash de vices consider the high level as program enable and actual programming cur rent is taken from Vcc pin of Flash Vpp connection scheme is shown in Figure 7 Reset state of MPUGenlO 1 protection signal is low so writing programming is initially disabled Flashes are 8Mbyte 4Mx16 70ns 52MHz synchronous burst mode devices packed in 56 pin CSP uBGA56 XIP memories are fully supplied from 1 8V Vcore voltage Page 3 30 Issue 1 04 02 5 RAE 5 Technical Documentation 3 RF System Module KL8 018 Flex MADLinda MPUGenIO1 XIP Flashes Figure 7 Flash Vpp connection SDRAM Memory Synchronous DRAM is used as working memory and PDA display buffer memory MADLinda has a separate 16 bit wide interface for SDRAM device Interface supports also byte accesses Supported memory clocking speeds are 13MHz and 52MHz MADLinda can execute code also from SDRAM The SDRAM is 64Mbits 8Mbyte 104MHz device in 52 CSP WBGA52 Organisation of the memory is 4Mx16 with byte accesses possibility Nominal s
203. er to the PC to be successful Product Code Desktop stand DCH 10 0675209 Desktop stand DCH 10 chinese variant 0675222 View of DCH 10 SN NN V 5 YN x 3 NOS O Y ef Page 12 12 Issue 1 04 02 5 RAE 5 Technical Documentation 12 Accessories Fast Travel Charger ACP 9 Identical with the item in the basic sales package Data Cable DLR 2L Identical with the item in the basic sales package Issue 1 04 02 12 13 RAE 5 12 Accessories PAMS Technical Documentation Advanced Handsfree Car Installation Kit CARK109 Item Accessory Type Product code 1 Active Car Cradle CRM 1 0630220 2 Handsfree Unit HFU 2 0694049 3 Handsfree Microphone HFM 8 0690016 4 Handsfree Speaker HFS 12 0692008 5 Power Cable PCH 4J 0730055 6 Swivel mount HHS 13 0620055 7 Mounting Plate DMS00601 0620036 8 Active Handset Optional HSU 1 0730091 Page 12 14 Issue 1 04 02 5 RAE 5 Technical Documentation 12 Accessories Advanced Active Car Holder CRM 1 The holder for the mobile phone is attached to the vehicle s interior in a conve nient position using the swivel mount HHS 13 The mounting is secured with a screw included with HHS 13 The cable with the plug in connector from CRM 1 connects to the PHONE socket in HFU 2 The other cable from CRM 1 connects to the external anten na Product Code Active Car Holder CRM 1 0
204. esla Service Software and Select Product Alt p Open 5 Select Product Alt p Band b PCN Select Testing Alt e RF Controls r RX Continuous Alter Cont Mode Ch 700 Alt o 700 AGC Absolute 8 Multislot on Alt u if on remove checkmark The set up should now look like this Figure 109 Active Unit Operation Mode Close Continuous TX Burst Help TX Data Type conti TX Power Level Set Defaults Get Defaults Cont Mode Ch 1842 80000C Channel 1842 80000 Monitoring Ch 1805 20000 AGC Absolute 2 102 2 Front End AEC Multislot On TX Power Level 2 base AGC2 Absolute 2 28 75 Settling Time o Figure 109 Apply 1842 867 MHz channel 700 67 710kHz offset 95dBm signal to the RF connector remember to compensate for cable attenuation Measuring with an oscilloscope on Hagar or Hagar this picture should be seen on a working PCN receiver Page 8 112 Issue 1 02 02 5 RAE 5 Technical Documentation Tek 10 0 5 5 8 Troubleshooting 251 Acqs Signal amplitude DC offset Frequency 16 39 31 Figure 110 350 mV 1 1V 67kHz If this picture is not seen continue to the next section Apply 95 dBm 1842 867MHz signal from generator to antenna connector PCN Fault tree
205. ey Click the Stop key test Result window Figure 2 appears All letters under the key names should show If there is the key is stuck Repeat the test If the result is the same use table 1 to find out the signals con nected to the particular key s 5 Click Start key test again This time press and release all keys through then stop the test There should be P for every key If A results are seen repeat and press these keys again If key presses are not registered find out the signals connected to the key Change the keypad to be tested to PDA Repeat test steps 4 and 5 for the PDA keyboard The result window is shown in Figure 3 6 7 8 9 10 Open the CMT side cover Check the 50 connector UL2 Is it properly inserted both parts of the connector properly soldered Repair retest Check CMT key mat alignment and membrane switches on the mat Replace key mat if broken Check 70 connector KL8 Is it properly inserted both parts of the connector properly soldered Repair retest Locate the faulty part by placing the parts into service jig and chang ing the parts one by one Follow instructions in the proper section 2 23 for KL8 fault 4 4 for UL8 flex fault 3 5 for UL2 display module fault Table 1 Keyboard matrix keys on UL2 module highlighted English keymat cmt pda pda Space lt gt D
206. g includes also a modular 10 socket SGND is separated from general GND although in ADS 1 service cable specificed for use with the jig those are short circuited Input Terminals For powering the jig there are two banana sockets Red one for terminal and black for GND terminal Detection Switches There are three switches by which different detections can be done Switches are press switch type so the connection is made only while the switch is pressed Issue 1 04 02 6 7 RAE 5 PAMS 6 Service Tools Technical Documentation 1 5101 Head set detection 2 5102 Hook detection 3 103 Accessory detection Starting Open the cover of the jig and place SIM card and microphone to their places if needed Then place modules of RAE 5 to proper positions first KL8 then in order JC4 board to board adapter UL8 keymat on it if needed and keymat under if needed DL1 Give special attention to connections of board to board connec tors connectors are not specified for continuous removing Close the cover of the jig Turn the jig over Connect the flex to Ul module Place memory card and or audio holder under its their covers Connect the necessary cables Jig is ready for use Power ON There are two working modes in jig Default State Entering to default state does not require any user actions Just turn the power of the source ON Symbian software will not run There is a notification about the state in PDA
207. g input voltage on Weight Appx 78g Product Code Portable charger LCH 9 0675005 View of LCH 9 Page 12 10 Issue 1 04 02 PAMS Technical Documentation Carry Case CBR 44 Used to carry the phone on belt Product Code Carry Case CBR 44 0720262 View of CBR 44 Issue 1 04 02 RAE 5 12 Accessories Page 12 11 RAE 5 PAMS 12 Accessories Technical Documentation Office Use Accessories Desktop Stand DCH 10 The desktop stand DCH 10 is designed for calendar data synchronization be tween a PC and a Communicator with a button press The front slot holds and charges the phone and the rear slot holds and charges a spare battery The desk stand includes red and green LEDs to show the status of the spare battery charging in the rear slot The desk stand supports charging of 4 1V and 4 2V lithium ion batteries The desk stand is powered by an external ACP 9 type charger When RAE 3 is placed in the front slot it is charged at the same rate as if the external charger was connected directly to the phone When a spare BLL 3 battery is placed in the rear slot it is charged at a slower rate Charging of the spare battery is delayed until the phone has finished charging The front slot provides data connection between the deskstand connected PC and the RAE 3 The host PC is connected by Nokia data cable to the rear of the desk stand The PC must have the Nokia Share software running for the data transf
208. g64t 8 Chaps v2 0 u423v20g36t Reg 2 8v 500ma tps77628 Reg 3 0v 150ma tk71630 s Reg 3 3v 150ma tk71633 Cobba v4 1 v257jg64t IC af amp 1 1w hagar 4 Tk11247bmc volt reg 4 7v IC pw amp 880 915 1710 1785 Conn mmc 6pol spr 30v 0 Sm contact pad 1 8x1 35 Sm batt conn 4pol spr 1 Sm sim card conn 2x3pol Sm conn 2x1f p1 27 500v Sm conn 2x35m 0 5 50v Sm conn rf 50r 100v 3ghz Hf shield can 2 dmc021 Hf shield can 1 dmc021 Flex cover label dmc0445 PWB KL8 05 72 4X52 4X1 0 2 0 5 5 PAMS Technical Documentation 0 1A 0 1A EMIF01 10005 TLE4917 T VC3 6 70 0 1 100 1 3 2 45GH 20G 0 1A100M 0 1A100M NCP300 nc7sz175 F731689 2V7 1 1 3V 1 8V 9K6 1M152 L TPS77628 TK71633 V257JG64T 14871 sttza8ig80t 4 7V 0 1 6 1 35 1 2x3pol 500V 3GHZ DMC021 DMC021 DMC0445 Issue 1 02 02 5 Technical Documentation Parts Lists Colour Ul Module 0125 0201784 EDMS v 1 11 Module with LCDs ITEM 1008 R001 R002 R003 R004 R050 R051 R052 R053 R054 R055 R056 R057 R058 R059 R060 R061 R062 R063 R064 R065 R066 R067 R068 R069 R070 R071 R072 R073 R074 R075 R076 R077 R078 R079 R080 R081 R082 R083 CODE 0201282 0201280 1430804 1430778 1430122 1825019 1430832 1430726 1430770 1430187 1430726 1430734 1430770 1430734 1430770 1430726 1430734 1430770 1430734 1430792 1430726 1430804 1430792 1430820 1430848 1430778 1430792 1
209. ge The output of the flyback generator is temperature compen sated and adjusted under software control The control ASIC handles the refresh of data to the PDA display panel and the generation of synchronisation signals for the swing mode regulator Antenna connectors and ground plane The RF signal from the external antenna connector switch on KL8 is fed to the antenna via a coaxial cable that is led through the hinge The signal is fed to the antenna through a coaxial connector and an antenna clip which are placed on the UL2 PWB The UL2 PWB includes the separate ground area that is required by the anten na Page 4 18 Issue 1 04 02 5 RAE 5 Technical Documentation 4 User Interfaces QWERTY Keyboard Module UL8 General UL8 is the combined QWERTY keypad flex connection module The base flex is single sided so all the components are on the same side of the flex Approximate component placement is shown below AF8 PWB 70 pin connector 5469145 50 pin connector 5469817 Figure 6 Component placement Issue 1 04 02 Page 4 19 RAE 5 PAMS 4 User Interfaces Technical Documentation AF8 PWB AF8 is a small additional PWB to achieve bulls eye shaped pads for the ear piece and connection for the battery removal switch Check that the RAE 5 software supports the battery removal switch feature The approximate shape of AF8 is shown below One 22pF SMD capacitor is assembled to the AF8 Figur
210. gnal at all continue at 2 Tek 2 00GS s 8573 Acqs 1 22V 12 730 Freq 13 0717 2 1 94 V Low 740mV ME P 16 25 05 Figure 17 Clock signal 2 Check power line at C553 It should be around 2 8 If it is move to 4 Check 4302 It should be around 2 8V If it is 2 8V 100 is faulty If VCXOPwr is D300 has shut down the regulators sleep or it is faulty Cycle the power and Page 8 28 Issue 1 02 02 5 RAE 5 Technical Documentation 8 Troubleshooting Open the smaller RF shield metal can Check Hagar RFC out signal at V800 It should show sine wave of 1 2V amplitude 13MHz frequency see Figure 18 If this is OK the problem is V800 transistor or R834 R830 C834 L800 MMMM 2 0005 5 C1 High 1 79 V C1 Low 590 T C1 Freq 1 13 0292MH2 E LC 10 Jan 2001 15 30 46 Figure 18 13 MHz sine wave 2 Check VTCXO output at R833 This should be 26MHz sine wave see Figure 19 E If this is OK Check R835 C830 for shorts and bad connections If they are OK Hagar N505 or C800 or R829 is faulty If this is not OK R835 C830 R833 be faulty If they check VTCXO G830 High 456mV 4 Low 472 E Freq 1 25 9740 2 TUNE didi eei e
211. h the antenna connector X900 The RX TX switch is normally open to the two RX outlets GSM_Rx and DCS_Rx If no control voltage is present at VC1 or VC2 the RX TX switch will work as a diplexer and PCN signals pass to DCS_Rx and EGSM signals to GSM_Rx From DCS_Rx the PCN signal is feed to the 151 PCN SAW filter via C645 Front end The front end consists mainly of two SAW filters Z620 and 7600 and one discrete LNA V903 in between and finally one balun T630 The SAW filters provides out of band blocking immunity the LNA provides front end gain and the balun provides a balanced signal for Hagar N505 The signal path is Through 2620 In band insertion loss max 4dB through the matching circuit C674 C644 L647 and to the PCN LNA V903 RFin The LNA has about 18 dB gain when it is on LNA_P 2 8V and Vina 2 8V If the signal applied to the antenna connector is more than 459 the AGC will gainstep the LNA P OV which means the LNA Gain will now have negative gain loss From the LNA transistor collector V904 RF out the signal is lead through the LNA output matching circuit R640 L633 C640 L646 through the 274 SAW 2600 insertion loss max 4dB through a matching network C720 and L706 and to the PCN balun T630 From the balun the signal is bal anced and is lead to Hagar N505 IMP Hagar The balanced RX signal is mixed with a signal
212. he connector make sure that the contact is good 7 Measure voltage at terminal 2 of X102 It must be 1 8 V to 3 3V This voltage increases because of charging if the battery is not fully charged 8 Read the backup battery with WinTesla gt if not OK then N100 is faulty 9 Ensure that the RTC running time is set to 10 hours setting When the service battery BBL 3B is used this is set automatically See Gen eral Guidelines Page 8 24 Issue 1 02 02 5 RAE 5 Technical Documentation 8 Troubleshooting 2 6 Accessory Power Output Troubleshooting Accessory power output is connected to the system connector s DCE_DTR pin inside the device Accessory power output can be tested with MJS 14 test jig and Wintesla SW There is a pushbutton called ACC VOLTAGE in MJS 14 test jig which is used to connecting load to DCE DTR pin of the system connector Following Figure 13 shows the connection in MJS 14 test jig load side Pushbutton ACC VOLTAGE DCE DTR 10 In system connector 4 7uF 47R Figure 13 ACC VOLTAGE test configuration in MJS 14 test jig Figure 13 describes the ACC VOLTAGE test configuration the MJS 14 test jig Status of the DTR signal in MADLinda is read by Wintesla SW Test se quence in use is roughly shown in the following Figure 14 VACC_CTRL control goes ON DTR signal Release Meise VACC CTRLcont ACC VOLTAGE but ACC VO
213. hinge REFS 150 199 Issue 1 04 2002 Page 09 4 5 RAE 5 Technical Documentation 9 Schematic diagrams Block Diagram of UL1_07 CMT keyboard and PDA soft keys Version 0 0 Edit 22 Col 4 Col 3 COLE Col 1 Col O CMT Sor 1 DHT Ser tc 4 4 8251 C2BA C2861 C250 0251 2254 DOES C258 m pe FA 5219013 9 39p 1002 100o 1086 1005 1002 5252 E 1 2 2 2320550 2320560 900X729 codg GND GND 5259 UP cof Te SOFTI TR 4 TR 4 S256 L i E oe LA 5261 1 12 _ t Dowgpese ERG d SUF T SOF Ie 1 1 E L E E SP66 Bui ee ci 7 nee c ee 5 ape eee ip Power Row2 X 9 l Row3 x C C Ly 8267 Row4 lt 4 269 5 6270 gags A S272 L L L usi C283 C252 0253 57 25 259 39 39 1605 100p 1000 1606 100 2320550 2320560 8974 S 0275 0 GND GND gt Issue 1 04 2002 Page 09 5 5 RAE 5 Technical Documentation 9 Schematic diagrams Circuit Diagram of UL1_07
214. ic DLL s take your RAE 5 DLL disks and repeat the steps above Issue 1 04 02 Page 7 7 RAE 5 PAMS 7 Service Software Instructions Technical Documentation Common Properties of the User Interface This chapter describes how the User Interface CLF must appear to the user The User Interface MUST be capable of being driven without the use of a mouse as the service engineer rarely has space on the bench to use a mouse Login Dialog When the Service Software application is invoked by checking on the Service Software icon the Login dialog box Figure 1 will be displayed on the screen Nokia logo and application name Application version Copyright version Service Software NOKIA for MOBILE PHONES Windows WinTesla Service Software Package SWSA1 0774046 Version 6 43 May 3 2000 Nokia Mobile Phones 1995 1999 All Rights Reserved Login ID Figure 1 Login dialog box Nokia logo and application name bitmap Displays Nokia logo and name of the application Application version static text Contains the name and version of the application Copyright notice static text Copyright is informed as Nokia Mobile Phones 1995 1999 Rights Reserved Login Box edit box The user Login ID edit box where the user enters his faultlog user name See Faultlog User Guide OK button default key The user name is stored in memory an
215. ical Characteristics Power Supply Table 2 Operating voltages and power consumptions Voltage Charging voltage Voltage directly from main battery Vcore req and RF part Voltage typical for whole KL8 Filtered battery voltage to VBB req and to UI VB Voltage Filtered battery voltage to CCONT and audio HF amplifier VB CCONT Voltage VBB Voltage System HW supply voltage Current typ measured max available from regulator Connected to MADLinda IO in assembled de Voltage vise Functions as program enable in 2 8V Current Takes flashing current form Vcc pin Core voltage to MADLinda and XIP Flash IF Voltage Current typ measured max available form regulator supply voltage max supported consumption level Accessory supply voltage output max current out Voltage 3 1 Current Voltage Current Voltage to SIM 5V selected CCONT VSIM 2 Voltage to SIM 3V selected COBBA QGJP analog supply CCONT VR6 VCOBBA Voltage 2 Current 1 current during call 4 RF CCONT VR1 Available from CCONT 4 Voltage 2 Current To RF CCONT VR2 Available from CCONT 4 Voltage 2 Current To RF CCONT VR4 Available from CCONT 4 Voltage Voltage RF CCONT VR3 Available from CCONT 4 Current RF CCONT VR5 Available from CCONT 4 Voltage Current To V5V Availabl
216. ics In KL8 there is only contact pad J001 for the signal Hot swap as specified in Memory Card System Specification is not supported MultiMedaCard must be powered off VMMC turned off when lid is opened IRDA block Main component in IRDA block is the IR transceiver TFDU5102 050 Data transmitting and receiving through IR interface is handled by IrDA block inside MADLinda MPU controls the interface Ul block Components in UI block include Board to board UI connector X400 Integrated EMI ESD filtering components 2400 2401 2402 2403 2404 QWERTY flex module UL8 is connected to UI connector DL1 UI module is connected to system HW through UL8 Phone LCD Interface Phone LCD interface is controlled by MPU using LCDSIO part of MADLinda s internal UIF block This same serial control interface is used also to command the CCONT Phone LCD resetting and backlight control of LCD and phone keys are controlled by MPU using signals from MADLinda s GPIO Keyboard Interface Keyboard interface is controlled by MPU using programmable block inside MADLinda signal matrix is used to read both PDA keyboard qwerty and soft keys and phone keypad To detect the key press ROWs are programmed to give interrupt when any of the keys is pressed After key press detection SW polling is used to find out pressed key Earpiece and HF Speaker lines Earpiece and speaker lines come from the AUDIO RFI block Page 3 32 I
217. in battery is removed The backup time is about 10 days Note also the information in section 8 chapter 2 6 The interface from the system part and the RF and audio sections is handled by a specific ASIC COBBA GJP This ASIC provides A D and D A conversion Page 3 10 Issue 1 04 02 5 RAE 5 Technical Documentation 3 RF System Module KL8 of the in phase and quadrature receive and transmit signal paths and also A D and D A conversions of received and transmitted audio signals Data transmis sion between the COBBA_GuP and the MADLinda is implemented using serial connections Digital speech processing is executed by the MADLinda ASIC External audio is connected to RAE 5 through system connector s XMIC and XEAR lines Serial connection channels in RAE 5 include IrDA MBUS and serial port MBUS and serial port have logic level signals which are connected through sys tem connector IR transceiver is next to the system connector at the bottom end of RAE 5 device Block Diagram MEMORIES DOC MULTI MADLINDA MEDIA HALL CONNECTOR PDA ner TRAFFIC SYSTEM LMM SENSOR PERIPHERALS SUBSYSTEM CONTROLLER Loic DSP Ul SYSTEM CONNECTOR CONNECTOR SERIAL INTER UI SIGNALS FACES EXTERNAL AUDIO EXTERNAL RF CHARGER AUDIO_RFI RF SIGNALS RF SuPPLIES Figure 2 HW system part block diagram Issue 1 04 02 Page 3 11 RAE 5 PAMS 3 RF System Module KL8 Technical Documentation Electr
218. ing Check VACC 0V Check pin 5 of N104 X450 V451 R454 When VACC_CTRL LOW R310 V489 and C459 pin 3 of N104 While ACC VOLTAGE button pressed Check N104 C129 C139 C116 R310 V489 D300 Test again with Win tesla Figure 16 Issue 1 02 02 Page 8 27 RAE 5 PAMS 8 Troubleshooting Technical Documentation 2 7 Clocks 2 7 1 Clocks Troubleshooting When the flashing of the device does not succeed but the powering is OK fol low these instructions Note The absence of clocks may indicate that the device is in sleep mode Move the magnet away from the sensor to simulate cover open situation IMPORTANT Clock signals must be measured with 1MQ or greater probe New Tektronix P6249 probes 20kO impedance and similar cannot be used 1 Measure RFC signal at C303 It should show 13 000 MHz sine wave approximately 1 2Vp p with about 950mV DC offset see Figure 17 Check the C303 capacitor If this is OK the processor gets the clock signal The processor be faulty or the fault is in the memories Continue to Memories section If there is the clock signal but there is DC offset signal low level around OV check the probe used so that it is not loading the signal If the probe is not responsible for missing DC offset try cycling the power a couple of times If this does not help the clock slicer circuitry in the MADLinda D300 is faulty If there is no clock si
219. io signal at C232 during a call Fault in N200 COBBA Signal few mV heck C225 C240 R219 R220 and PWB traces Figure 54 Note not be measured in the service jig because components under the SIM connector Use wire to measure them After removing measurement wire check that com ponents are not defected It is recommended to replace the components Issue 1 02 02 Page 8 67 RAE 5 PAMS 8 Troubleshooting Technical Documentation 2 19 3 Earpiece faulty Earpiece faulty Check assembly of 1 earpiece and gasket Check connections from audio PWB to C229 and C228 NO OK Connection OK Check digital PCM data at J307 PCMTxData during a call Check Flex UL8 and B to B conn X400 pins 47 48 Fault 300 MAD 2 DC voltage at C228 C229 1 4V during call Check R215 R216 and Voltages OK connections Check C228 C229 Check analog audio signal at C228 C229 during a call Signal few mV 2 Fany N200 COBBA Figure 55 Note 1 If sound is distorted or too quiet fault is most probably in the gasket or in the earpiece diaphragm 2 Refer to section 2 16 in this document Page 8 68 Issue 1 02 02 5 RAE 5 Technical Documentation 8 Troubleshooting 2 19 4 PHF Speaker faulty PHF Spealer faulty Check assembly of HF speaker springs and connection to flex UL8 Check connections from speaker pads to C2
220. ion SIM Card error means most likely that the SIM locked phone has been inserted with a SIM which does not correspond to the lock code Check the SIM lock status of the phone with WinTesla SIM Card Error message in display Set the phone in NORMAL mode View Quick RF Info See SIM Lock Settings field No SIM lock Refer to SIM Card Rejected troubleshooting SIM lock activated inform customer Customer contacts network operator to ask for lock reset Figure 36 Page 8 48 Issue 1 02 02 5 RAE 5 Technical Documentation 8 Troubleshooting 2 13 2 SIM Card Rejected The fault information SIM Card rejected means that the ATR message swer To Reset the first message from SIM card to phone after SIM card power up is sent but it is corrupted somehow eg the dataline signal levels are wrong or factory set values stored in the EEPROM are not correct NOTE1 CHECK THE MEASUREMENT POINT PICTURE BEFORE SERVICE ACTIONS SIM_xxx_Cardside refers to signal which exists in SIM card contacts SIM xxx o refers to signal which exists in CCONT N100 side NOTE2 SIM Signals between CCONT N100 and LindaMAD D300 are not possible to measure KL8 module because traces are running in inner layers of PWB Issue 1 02 02 Page 8 49 RAE 5 PAMS 8 Troubleshooting Technical Documentation YES Check VSIM at SIM card pin 5V card Check 5V charge pump NO components C107 3V card Chec
221. ipcap npO 22 50v C234 2320546 Chipcap npO 27p 50v C235 2320546 Chipcap 27p j 50v C236 2320544 Chipcap 22 j 50v C237 2320544 Chipcap 22 50v C238 2320584 Chipcap x7r 1 0 50v C239 2320778 Chipcap x7r 10n k 16v C240 2320805 Chipcap 5 100n k 10v C241 2320544 Chipcap npO 22 50v C245 2320481 x5r 1 6v3 C300 2320805 Chipcap x5r 100n k 10v C301 2320592 Chipcap x7r 2n2 j 50v C302 2320803 Chipcap 5 100 2 16v C303 2320584 Chipcap x7r 1 0 50v C304 2320805 Chipcap 5 100n k 10v C305 2320805 Chipcap 5 100n k 10v C306 2320805 Chipcap 5 100n k 10v C307 2320805 Chipcap 5 100n k 10v C308 2320805 Chipcap 5 100n k 10v C309 2320805 Chipcap x5r 100 k 10v C310 2320778 Chipcap x7r 10n k 16v C311 2320778 Chipcap x7r 10n k 16v C312 2320778 Chipcap x7r 10n k 16v C313 2320778 Chipcap x7r 10n 16v C314 2320778 Chipcap x7r 10n 16v Issue 1 02 02 Page 10 11 RAE 5 PAMS 10 Parts Lists Technical Documentation C315 2320778 Chipcap x7r 10n 16v C316 2320805 Chipcap x5r 100 10v C317 2320805 Chipcap x5r 100 10v C318 2320805 Chipcap x5r 100 10v C319 2320778 Chipcap x7r 10n 16v C320 2320778 Chipcap x7r 10n 16v C321 2320778 Chipcap x7r 10 16v G322 2320805 Chipcap x5r 100n k 10v C323 2320536 Chipcap 10 50 C350 2320805 Chipcap x5r 100 10v C351 2320805 Chipcap x5r 100n k 10v 352 2320805 Chipcap x5r 100n k 10v C353 2320805 Chipcap
222. is interface result in missing or flawed audio in either or both in uplink and downlink directions If Wintesla shows errors serial interface PCM interface is faulty Check signal at J309 520 kHz square wave 50 per cent duty cycle Rising and falling edges about 3 to 5 ns Inactive state low Ref fig 48 N200 faulty Check PCMSCIk at J306 short pulse rate 8 000kHz 1 52 per cent duty cycle Rise and fall times about 3 to 5 ns Inactive state low Ref fig 49 YES NO N200 faulty Check PCMRx Data signal at J308 Activity during call and voice recording If mic picks up sound higher states at the cycle Rise and fall times about 3 to 5 ns Signal idle state High with some 13MHz poses ef fig YES NO N200 faulty Check PCMTx data signal at J307 Activity during call Rise and fall times about 4 to 7 ns Idle statle low Ref fig 51 NO N200 faulty Figure 46 There is no traffic in PCM interface without a call or audio play voice recorder video player etc These signals can be measured with a call which generates Page 8 62 Issue 1 02 02 5 RAE 5 Technical Documentation 8 Troubleshooting traffic in both directions Audio play generates traffic in one direction only Re cording audio voice recorder generates traffic in the other direction Tek 100 5 1037 Freq 520 08 2 C1 Width 1 0005 C1 Duty 52 0
223. itional memories modules are available for FPS 8 SRAM module aMB _ 054 0080346 Note 2 pcs of SF12 are mandatory for updating RAE 5N software Flash Module 64MB 2 2547 4 0080347 E Nube optional Product Code Flash Prommer FPS 8 0750123 View of FPS 8 Issue 1 04 02 Page 6 11 RAE 5 PAMS 6 Service Tools Technical Documentation Calibration Unit JBE 2 Calibration Unit JBE 2 is needed for the resistance current and voltage cal ibrations of a RAE 5 Communicator These calibrations are needed so that the charging situation would be precise enough NOTE The JBE 2 is also the voltage source for the BBL 3B service battery JBE 2 is the only service equipment which can provide enough current for any service case Power output of FPS 8 flash prommer can not provide enough current in cases of tuning and calling and is ment to be used only for flashing purposes Product Code Calibration Unit JBE 2 0775290 View of JBE 2 Page 6 12 Issue 1 04 02 5 RAE 5 Technical Documentation 6 Service Tools User Guide for JBE 2 Service Operations Needed equipment a laboratory power source a calibration unit JBE 2 a ser vice battery BBL 3B and a service cable DAU 9C Use the JBE 2 calibration unit as a power source for the phone It is the only service tool which can provide needed currents in any service case The J
224. k NO 100 CCONT C112 C113 2 8V min with 3V 4 5V min with 5V Cata Replace card V101 if necessary C110 YES Check V103 pins Pin 1 CLK Pin 6 DATA Pin 4 Reset Still problem YES Lines NO Check Replace OV SIM card reader N100 after power on mechanical CCONT 2 connections and eventual CLK DATA and an YES RESET lines against GND Check ATR data at N100 Check R112 NO X101 V103 at N100 CCCONT side SIM DATA 0 OK H109 R112 R125 YES Check N100 CCONT YES D300 MAD faulty Still problem NO N100 faulty Figure 37 Page 8 50 Issue 1 02 02 5 RAE 5 Technical Documentation 8 Troubleshooting 2 13 3 Insert SIM card The hardware of the SIM interface from the MADLinda D300 to the SIM con nector X101 can be tested without SIM card This leaves SIM connector X101 contacts to be used as an measurement points When the power is switched on and if the BSI line X100 2 is grounded by re sistor which happens automatically in service jig all the used lines VSIM RST CLK amp DATA rise up to and or four times SW tries to ask SIM card four times NOTE1 CHECK THE MEASUREMENT POINT PICTURE BEFORE SERVICE ACTIONS SIM_xxx_Cardside refers to signal which exists in SIM card contacts SIM xxx o refers to signal which exists in CCONT N100 side NOTE2 SIM Signals between CCONT N1
225. l Alt a 5 4 1 Path of the transmitted PCN signal PESE E QE x m Sk Ns BGN Dir Coupler zy Buffer Diplexer 7 UM D ES XI ATE E es la ioe 4 2 5 e 180 oO OUTP_G_TX 2 GSM 4 i IN GET Open collector 8 zen E 5 DET Hel gt PWC 1 LL NN 77766 5 L Lees 1 amp 3 TXC 4 ops TXP 4 VTX 9 a Last edit 13 35 07 02 00 MBREUBE Figure 116 EGSM TX signal Issue 1 02 02 Page 8 119 RAE 5 8 Troubleshooting PAMS Technical Documentation 5 4 2 Troubleshooting diagram for PCN Transmitter PCN TX Troubleshooting YES Check with oscilloscope 565 VREF 1 54 2 R700 amp R740 VTX 2 7 V TPJ320 TXP gt 2 5 V C557 VRX 2 7 2 C561 VSYN 2 227 V C550 VXO 2 7 V 2 YES Check with oscilloscope R546 amp C640 TXQ 0 Vac 0 4Vpp Vdc 0 8V R546 amp C640 TXQ 180 Vac 0 4Vpp Vdc 0 8V R541 amp C541 0 Vac 0 4Vpp Vdc 0 8V R541 amp C541 180 Vac 0 4Vpp Vdc 0 8V Check with oscilloscope R755 TXBUFF Vdc gt 2 0 V C789 TXVGSM Vdc 0 3 V C790 TXVPON Vdc gt 2 0 V C731 TXVDET gt 2 0 V Spectrum analyzer R741 power 0dBm 1747 6 MHz Spectrum analyzer 2741 pin 3 power
226. l Interface troubleshooting 8 60 2 18 COBBA PCM Interface Troubleshooting 8 62 2 19 Audio troubleshooting 2 2 eens 8 65 2 19 1 Both Mic and Earpiece PHF faulty 8 65 2 19 2 Mic faulty hee reote tee esce d eoe RUE ee a a 8 67 2 19 3 Earpiece faulty 44556 d tes 8 68 2 19 4 PHF Speaker faulty eene 8 69 2 19 5 Headset out OE Order ceo dr e sonet e Cap deer bte amie anges as 8 71 2 20 RE Interface dr ere 8 73 2 20 1 Phone doesn t register to the network or doesn t make call 8 73 2 21 IR Interface Troubleshooting 8 74 2 22 KL8 related Keyboard problems 8 75 2 23 8 related PDA 8 79 2 24 8 related CMT UI problems 8 84 3 DL2 UI Troubleshooting 8 86 3 1 CMT and keypad illumination problems 8 86 3 2 CMT LCD Troubleshooting 8 86 3 3 No picture on PDA LCD or picture is 8 87 3 4 Backlight troubleshooting 8 100 3 5 DL2 related keyboard
227. lator 82k XTAL B100 2 7V reset device D101 NC7SZ175 D flip flop D102 and fets V102 V106 for power on amp off control 2 0V reset device D100 for backup disconnection ESD protection zener array V103 for SIM interface 2 connector X102 for backup battery contacts for positive terminals Battery connector X100 for main battery SIM card connector X101 Clocking powering charging and reset issues of CCONT and CHAPS are cov ered in separate chapters Backup battery is connected to CCONT s VBACK input and it is charged from CHAPS VBACK supply Backup battery s positive contacts are made so that VBACK from CHAPS is connected to CCONT only when the battery is installed to the connector X102 Backup battery is located on top of RF shield A501 and grounded through the shield 2 0V reset device D100 disconnects backup battery if it s voltage drops too much This prevents deep discharging which would permanently harm the backup battery Issue 1 04 02 Page 3 35 RAE 5 PAMS 3 RF System Module KL8 Technical Documentation 3 0V VMMC supply voltage for Memory Card is generated with linear regulator N103 from filtered battery voltage VB Regulator is controlled with the MMC_PWR signal from MADLinda MPUGenlO5 Accessory power output VACC through the system connector s DTR line is generated with 3 0 volts linear regulator N104 from filtered battery volt age VB Regulator
228. lists Page 8 106 Issue 1 02 02 5 RAE 5 Technical Documentation 8 Troubleshooting RF Key Component Placement Figure 103 Parts placement 1 VCO balun LM i Te m 8 m e y LJ NN c VCTXO buffer amplifier Power coupler TX buffer amplifier Antenna diplexer RX TX switch Discrete LNAS 1st Dual band RX filter Figure 104 Parts placement 2 PCN TX balun EGSM TX balun PCN RX balun EGSM TX SAW filter Diplexer EGSM RX balun 2nd dual band RX filter Issue 1 02 02 Page 8 107 RAE 5 8 Troubleshooting 5 1 EGSM Receiver Technical Documentation General Instructions for troubleshooting for EGSM RX Select Product Alt p ne Open RAE 5 Select Product Alt p Band b EGSM Select Testing Alt e RF Controls r RX Continuous Alt r Cont Mode Ch 60 Alt o 60 AGC Absolute 8 Multislot on Alt u if on remove checkmark Apply The set up should now look like this Figure 105 Active Unit Operation Mode E sun C TX Burst Help Set Defaults Get Defaults TX Power Level pas Cont Mode Ch 946 200000 Channel 946 200000 Monitoring Ch 935 200000 AGC Absolute 8 105 5 Front End On Multislot On TX Power Level 2 race AGC2 Absolute 2 105 9 Settling Time Figure 105 Apply 947 06771MHz channel 60 67 710k
229. llowing areas CCONT watch dog problem BSI or BTEMP line problem Battery line problem Soldering problem The most likely reason is CCONT WD watchdog problem which turns the de vice off after about 32 s This may be caused by SW problem MadLinda problem CCONT problem or memory problems The following tests are recommended General Power Checking Clocks Memory testing serial interface If there is something wrong in BSI and BTEMP lines the device seems to be dead after battery insertion However the regulators in the device are on 10s before the powerdown This mode can easily be detected from the current consumption of the device After 10s the current consumption drops almost to OmA In this case check components C126 C127 R121 R122 R123 C103 C104 battery connector X100 8 20 Issue 1 02 02 5 RAE 5 Technical Documentation 8 Troubleshooting 2 4 Charging checking Use the BLL 3 battery and the JBE 2 calibration unit to test charging When you are charging totally empty battery remember that start up charging might take 2 minutes with ACP 9 charger and several minutes with ACP 7 charger During this time display is blank If charger is not NMP approved type and sup ported by phone then the software doesn t start charging and display NOT CHARGING Remove and reconnect battery and charger few times before you start to mea sure module This
230. ly replaced Replace only with the same or equivalent type recommended by the equipment manufacturer Discard used batteries according to the manufacturer s instructions Figure 12 2 5 1 Backup battery troubleshooting Main power supply to the device must be 3 7 V when used Symptom of Backup battery fault is Real Time Clock loses the correct time when the main battery is not connected The same symptom can also be seen when the backup battery is empty About one week is needed to fully charge the backup battery in the device Always check the backup battery visually for any leakage or any other visual defect Check that the backup battery is correctly mounted in the device before closing the cover KEEP IN MIND THAT THE BACKUP BATTERY DOES NOT TOLERATE EX CESS HEAT WHENEVER HEAT BLOWER IS USED FOR EXAMPLE TO RE MOVE COMPONENTS FIRST REMOVE THE BACKUP BATTERY AND PLACE IT TO ADEQUATE DISTANCE FROM THE WORKING LOCATION 1 Remove the backup battery 2 Measure the voltage of the backup battery Normal operation when the voltage is gt 1 8V Fully charged when voltage is about 3 1V 3 Connect 3 7V power supply to the device Issue 1 02 02 Page 8 23 RAE 5 PAMS 8 Troubleshooting Technical Documentation 4 Check the backup battery connector X102 visually 5 Measure voltage at terminal 1 of X102 It must be 2 82 V to 3 3V gt if NOT OK then 101 is faulty 6 Insert the backup battery in t
231. me cond Output power tolerance power i dB normal cond levels 14 15 2 0dBm 1 dB extreme Output power control step size 0 5 2 0 3 5 dB Issue 1 04 02 Page 3 43 RAE 5 PAMS 3 RF System Module KL8 Technical Documentation Output power is measured from the external antenna connector In the dual slot mode the power levels of adjacent time slots must be individually and arbi trarily controllable Receiver characteristics Table 19 Receiver characteristics Values E GSM Values DCS1800 Linear direct conversion dual band LO frequencies 3700 3840 MHz 3610 3760 MHz Typical 3 dB bandwidth 104 kHz 104 kHz Sensitivity min 102 dBm S N gt 8 dB min 102 dBm S N gt 8 dB Page 3 44 Issue 1 04 02 5 RAE 5 Technical Documentation 3 RF System Module KL8 Functional descriptions RF block diagram The block diagram of the direct conversion transceiver architecture used in KL8 is shown in Figure 13 The architecture contains one RF ASIC dual band PA module VCO VCTCXO modules filters for TX and RX and discrete LNA stages for both receive bands Issue 1 04 02 3 45 RAE 5 PAMS 3 RF System Module KL8 Technical Documentation
232. mode is controlled with MADLinda s MPUGenOutO line Because HF amplifier is pow ered from battery voltage controlling of shut down is done through pull down fet V200 HeadDet and HookDet interrupting inputs in MADLinda are used to detect dif ferent audio accessories EAD A D input in CCONT is used to detect the re moval of accessory during call Issue 1 04 02 Page 3 37 RAE 5 3 RF System Module KL8 PAMS Technical Documentation Figure 10 describes the audio connections in system HW Audio accessories System connector COBBA_GJP Ul connector Earpiece eS ri Headset Carkit i HFCM MADLinda MIC1P HookDet MIC3P HeadDet AUXOUT MPUGenOut 0 DSP PCM DSP PCM SerMFI COBBA x control of COBBA HF Speaker m Figure 10 Audio connections in KL8 Page 3 38 Issue 1 04 02 5 Technical Documentation Introduction to RF of KL8 Maximum ratings RAE 5 3 RF System Module KL8 Table 12 Maximum ratings of RF block Parameter Max battery voltage VBATT idle mode 4 2 V Max battery voltage during call highest power level 4 2 V Regulated supply voltages 2 8 3 V VSYN_1 VSYN_2 VTX VRX PLL charge pump supply voltage VCP 4 8 0 2 V Voltage reference VREF_2 1 5 1 5 V Voltage reference RXREF 1 2 0 05 V Operating temperature range Transceiver ambient 10 55 C RF frequency plan rs HAGAR
233. n This page intentionally left blank Page 11 18 Issue 1 04 02 5 gt This Service Manual Manufacturer intellectual propriety The design and the way the documents are selected placed and related in this data base are the author s intellectual propriety TURUTA
234. n 2 di 5 2320805 ar 4 CND GND GND Issue 1 04 2002 09 17 5 Technical Documentation Circuit Diagram of KL8_05 Power Version 0 0 Edit 216 RAE 5 9 Schematic diagrams Linda HWID K3110 KL8 05 power
235. n ES 0706 780 C78 gt lt X101 C 21017 10209 75 HERE q B ms SESE ep gp e C205 C c231 5 E C204 R215 S 59255 R219 225 L100 0240 R210 1218 102 104 V SS SS Issue 1 04 2002 L502 051 052 LC ci gt 0502 3 Page 09 22 5 RAE 5 Technical Documentation 9 Schematic diagrams Parts Placement Diagram of KL8 05 2 2
236. nal SimCardRstX for the SIM This signal is fed through CCONT which makes any level shifting nec essary according to the voltage level of the SIM card in use COBBA QGJP reset signal COBBARSTX is DSPGenOut0 general purpose output controlled by DSP SW Reset state of the pin is LOW reset signal HAGARRSTX is DSPGenOut1 general purpose output controlled by DSP SW Reset state of the pin is LOW Issue 1 04 02 3 29 RAE 5 PAMS 3 RF System Module KL8 Technical Documentation System to interface In following chapters the blocks of system HW in SYSTEM part of KL8 sche matics and functions related to each interface are described The blocks include CPU MEMORIES MMC IRDA UI SYSCON AUDIO RFI and POWER Component placement diagrams are in the A3 section CPU block Main components in the CPU block comprise MADLinda ASIC D300 package 240 u BGA Hall switch TLE4916 V301 MADLinda is the main ASIC for RAE 5 s single processor system MADLinda is used as engine processor for both CMT and PDA functions The pins are not listed because it is not possible to access them except at measurement points Hall sensor switch is used to detect lid position open close Magnet for detec tion is in lid part of RAE 5 Hall device s open drain output is pulled up with ex ternal 100ko resistor R302 Output goes to low state when the sensor is not in magnetic field lid open MEMORIES block Main compon
237. ne H Line 5 Bau 05 L Line H Line 4 OND C4 C1 Jono C2 Issue 1 04 2002 KL8 05 ui Used prefixes X R Z Component refs 400 449 Page 09 19 5 RAE 5 Technical Documentation 9 Schematic diagrams Circuit Diagram of KL8 05 BB RF Connector Version 0 2 Edit 114 Issue 1 04 2002 SYS RF VBATT VBATT VREF VREF 2 VCP VCP VXO VSYN_1 VSYN_1 VSYN_2 VSYN_2 RXREF RXREF SENA1 1 HAGARRSTX RESET SDATA SDATA SCL SCLK VIX VIX TXP XP TXC XC XI XIN TXIP XIP TXQ XQN TXQP XGQP VRX VRX RF RF RFC RFC RXIP RXIP RXQP AFC AFC RXQP Page 09 20 5 RAE 5 Technical Documentation 9 Schematic diagrams Circuit Diagram of KL8_05 PF Version 0 2 Edit 197 Capacitors as close to Hagar as possible
238. ng CCFL backlight CMT display with frame and lightguide and CMT keypad backlights 012 is located in the cover side of RAE 5 Figures below describe the two sides of the module Issue 1 04 02 4 5 RAE 5 PAMS 4 User Interfaces Technical Documentation Figure 1 DL2 module Main Components DL2 main components include UL2 PWB with components PDA display and CMT display Components on the module assembly include the following Four layer 0 6mm thick PWB UL2 including PDA LCD CCFL backlight circuit Power circuit for PDA LCD bias voltages Power circuit and LEDs for CMT keypad and CMT display back light Antenna clips and ground plane Coaxial cable connector for antenna cable 10 pin and 20 pin flex connectors for PDA display module Page4 6 Issue 1 04 02 5 RAE 5 Technical Documentation 4 User Interfaces 50 flex connector for hinge flex 10 flex connection for CMT display 4 stacker connection for piezo flex assembly Pads for CMT keypad PDA soft key switches PDALCD module including lightguide piezo transformer FPC CCFL and metal frame CMT Display module including metal frame and lightguide DC Characteristics Supply voltages and power consumption are listed below Line Sym Parameter Minimum Typical bol Battery Volt 4 8V Absolute age E Logic voltage 2 7 The 50 FPC connects the DL2 to the KL8 sys
239. nical Documentation 10 Parts Lists R207 1430700 Chipres Ow06 10r j R208 1430700 Chipres Ow06 10r j 001 2320779 Chipcap x7r 100n 16v C002 2320779 Chipcap x7r 100n k 16v C003 2312243 Chipcap x5r 4u7 k 6v3 C004 2320584 Chipcap x7r 1 0 50v C005 2312243 Chipcap x5r 4u7 k 6v3 C006 2312243 Chipcap x5r 4u7 k 6v3 C007 2320805 Chipcap 5 100n k 10v C008 2320805 Chipcap x5r 100n k 10v C009 2312243 x5r 4u7 6v3 C010 2312243 Chipcap x5r 4u7 k 6v3 C011 2320554 Chipcap npO 56p 50v C012 2320554 Chipcap 0 56p 50v C050 2320785 Chipcap x7r 47n k 10v C051 2320568 Chipcap x7r 220p j 50v C052 2320576 Chipcap x7r 470p 50v C053 2320805 Chipcap 5 100n k 10v C054 2320568 Chipcap x7r 220p 50v C055 2320568 Chipcap x7r 220p j 50v C056 2320785 Chipcap x7r 47n k 10v C057 2320785 Chipcap x7r 47n k 10v C058 2320560 Chipcap npO 100p 50v C059 2312243 Chipcap x5r 4u7 k 6v3 C060 2320785 Chipcap x7r 47n k 10v C061 2320568 Chipcap x7r 220p j 50v C062 2312205 Chipcap x7r 47n k 50v C063 2312243 Chipcap x5r 4u7 k 6v3 C064 2312203 Chipcap 5 1 2 50v C065 2320560 Chipcap 100p 50v C066 2320568 Chipcap x7r 220p 50v C067 2320560 Chipcap 0 100 50 068 2313205 Chipcap y5v 2 2 2 35v 069 2320120 Chipcap x7r 22 25 C070 2320131 x7r 33n 16v 071 2320604 Chipcap 18 50 072 2312205 Chipcap x7r 47n k 50v C073 2312205 Chipcap x7r 47n k 50v C074 2320576 Chipcap x7r 470p j 50v C075
240. ntation 12 Accessories External HF Speaker HFS 12 The external HF speaker connects to the SPEAKER socket in HFU 2 Twist the plug clockwise to lock firmly in place Product Code External HF speaker HFS 12 0692008 View of HFS 12 Handset HSU 1 not included The handset HSU 1 offers more privacy during a call It connects to the DATA HANDSET socket in HFU 2 For more information please refer to the user guide for the handset Product Code Handset HSU 1 0640047 View of HSU 1 Issue 1 04 02 12 19 5 RAE 5 12 Accessories Technical Documentation Antenna Set NMT GSM 900 1800 AMD 2 not included Upgrade kit CARK110 99 installation kit can be upgraded to CARK109 installation kit with up grade car kit CARK110 CARK110 comprises the following items Active Car Cradle CRM 1 Swivel Mount HHS 13 User Guide Page 12 20 Issue 1 04 02 PAMS Technical Documentation RAE 5 Series PDA 11 Disassembly and Service Instructions Issue 1 04 02 Copyright 2002 Nokia Corporation All Rights Reserved RAE 5 PAMS 11 Disassembly and Service Instructions Technical Documentation AMENDMENT RECORD SHEET Amendment Inserted By Comments Number 01 02 Page 11 2 Issue 1 04 02 5 RAE 5 Technical Documentation 11 Disassembly and Service Instructions CONTENTS Troubleshooting Page No Disassembly instructions 11 4
241. one to establish which tunings to perform To determine if RF tuning is necessary after repair it is important that the function ality of the repaired circuit is understood well In case the circuit is not fully un derstood it might be wise to play it safe and do RF tunings in accordance with the table below In general repairs in the TX part will require tuning of TX Power and TX tuning In general repairs in the RX part or PLL will always require RX Calibration and in some cases require AM Suppression tuning Automatic and RX Filter Cal ibration Automatic Other parts interfacing to TX RX or PLL might require tuning but common sense should be used If it can be ruled out that a component change affects RF performance e g the microphone B200 there is no need to do any HF tuning 7 22 Issue 1 04 02 5 RAE 5 Technical Documentation 7 Service Software Instructions Equipment Setup for RF Tuning without Removing Covers Figure 16 Tuning set up 1 Item Service accessory Type Product code 1 Service car kit HCL 1 0770265 2 Service Battery BBL 3B 0770206 3 Modular T Adapter 4626134 4 Service MBUS Cable DAU 9S 0730108 5 Software protection key PKD 1 0750018 6 Service SW diskette 3 5 for Wintesla 0774046 7 Service SW CD for RAE 5 0775291 Issue 1 04 02 Page 7 23 RAE 5 PAMS 7 Service Software Instructions Technical Documentation RX Calibra
242. orry about that The clock signal is low when inactive Measure all the three lines simultaneously Figure 34 Set the trigger to CCONTCSX line falling edge You should see the two cases Figure 34 and Figure 35 Channel 1 GENSCIk Channel 2 5 Channel 3 GENSDIO High level is about 2 8V Tek 50 0MS s JA 460ns 2 745 1 008 Ch2 X 1 24 V 9 Nov 1999 15 39 22 Figure 34 Page 8 46 Issue 1 02 02 5 RAE 5 Technical Documentation 8 Troubleshooting MADLinda writes to CCONT The data at sixth bit is as marked with the cur sors The data after the read write bit varies just like the address before the bit If you can see this kind of traffic MADLinda side of the interface is functioning correctly Tek 50 0MS s 7 Acqs _ JA 460ns 2 7435 200v C 2 2 00V 1 005 2 17 247 9 Nov 1999 h4 2 00 15 40 20 Figure 35 MADLinda reads from CCONT The data at sixth bit is 1 marked with the cur sors There should be data seen after the read bit All zero values may be read but there should be other data seen too CCONT read cycles are fairly rare compared to write cycles If there is not any non zero reads CCONT the CCONT N100 may be faulty Issue 1 02 02 Page 8 47 5 RAE 5 8 Troubleshooting Technical Documentation 2 13 SIM Card 2 13 1 SIM Card Error Troubleshooting The fault informat
243. own End Soft4 Soft 2 Row2 Online cmt3 cmt Chr N M Profile Power Row3 cmt 4 cmt5 cmt6 cmt Menu Up Right Down Row4 cmt7 cmt8 cmt9 0 5 4 Back Enter space Row5 ESC 1 App2 App3 app4 App6 7 App8 Row6 Ctrl V X 6 5 Row7 1 2 3 4 5 7 8 9 0 P Row8 Tab Q W E R T Y U O Row9 Caps A 5 D G H J K L Issue 1 02 02 Page 8 11 5 PAMS 8 Troubleshooting Technical Documentation User Interface Test Figure 2 User interface test dialog Keypad Test Result Figure 3 CMT keypad test results Keypad Test Result Figure 4 PDA keypad test results Page 8 12 Issue 1 02 02 5 Technical Documentation 1 3 PDA backlight problems RAE 5 8 Troubleshooting PDA LED backlight troubleshooting diagram for UL1_0x module below PDA backlight dark dim LCD_PWR signal HIGH Check R155 X001 BACKPWM signal HIGH or 335 Hz square wave Check X001 R156 C160 V160 Check LED assembly X006 connector NO Change UL1 module Issue 1 02 02 Brightness control doesn t work BACKPWM signal HIGH or 335 Hz square wave PDALEDS voltage gt 14V overvoltage protection limi Check LED assembly X006 connector No Check C160 V160 X001 R156 module Change UL1_0x N
244. p Figure 5 Set Bus Configuration Issue 1 04 02 Page 7 11 RAE 5 PAMS 7 Service Software Instructions Technical Documentation Programming with WinTesla Interface WinTesla Interface These instructions are valid when using WinTesla version 6 43 or later RAE 5 RAE 5 and RAB 3 AMS dll release v04 00 00 or later PKD 1 dongle Before programming Save backup data to memory card Note that the memory card must be in serted in the Communicator 1 Press the Office application button select the File manager application and press Open 2 Press the Menu key and select Memory card Backkup to memory card 3 Press Backup to backup all the Communicator data to the memory card Programming procedure ROM MCU image Start WinTesla software Insert BBL 3B service battery in the Communicator Connect SCH 8 cable to the Communicator bottom connector Select Product Open gt RAE 5 for N9290 see Figure 6 Product Open LX Cancel Edt Figure 6 Product Open Page 7 12 Issue 1 04 02 5 RAE 5 Technical Documentation 7 Service Software Instructions Note If Win Tesla is already running and the Communicator is on press 5 to initialize connection 2 Select Dealer Flash Phone 9i WinTesla Product Configure Tuning Testing Software View Help User Settings Transfer User Settings Restore User Defaults Set UI DEV Default Values
245. pares it to the one found in Flash Items being checked are MADLinda lt gt Flash data and address lines FLDa0 15 and FLAd1 21 FLCSOX FLCS1X CE1 FLCS2X CE2 FLWEX WE Vbb Vcc VCORE GND and Flash internal func tionality Item no 2 MCU EEPROM Interface Checks current PMM error status If this test FAlLs the PMM data is not valid anymore and should be formatted Item no D COBBA Serial This test tests Audio interface PCM of the COBBA Item no E COBBA Parallel This test tests the serial control RF interface of the COBBA Issue 1 02 02 Page 8 45 RAE 5 PAMS 8 Troubleshooting Technical Documentation 2 12 CCONT Serial interface Troubleshooting If there are problems in CCONT s serial control interface self tests fail and there is Contact service shown on the display Wintesla shows this fail as CCONT Interface NOTE Low level means OV high level means approximately 2 8V Check GENSCLK line at J318 Square wave Freq 2 17 MHz see note below Check CCONTCSX line at J317 Activity Signal active low D300 or PWB faulty Check GENSDIO line at R308 Activity Signal active high Check all three lines simultaneously see fig below Figure 33 Note Measurement should show 2 17MHz square wave This interface is con nected to CMT display also so there is other activity too The 3 1 MHz clock is targeted for CMT display do not w
246. powered by a laboratory power source Product Code Module Jig MJS 14 0770175 Views of MJS 14 Seen from front Seen from right Figure 1 MJS 14 the frontside Issue 1 04 02 6 5 RAE 5 PAMS 6 Service Tools Technical Documentation Seen from back Figure 2 MJS 14 the backside Note The nominal supply voltage for MJS 14 is 4 0 V The supply voltage must not exceed 4 1 V Page 6 6 Issue 1 04 02 5 RAE 5 Technical Documentation 6 Service Tools User Guide for MJS 14 Warnings Power Source Do not connect negative voltage to Voltage IN terminals Do not connect voltages over 4 2 volts to Voltage IN terminals Flash Mode vs EPOC Running mode If you are using Wintesla service software for flashing or for testing do not use the Run switch EPOC software is not allowed to be running during flashing or while software resets are possible Wintesla connected External Connections RF For external RF connection there is a SMA jack connector The connection is defined to be made with service cable XRF 1 Attenuation of the RF connection without XRF 1 cable is appx 0 2dB for 900MHz band and 0 4dB for 1800MHz band System Signals For system signal connection Fbus Mbus there is a modular 10 socket in the jig The socket is compatible also with modular 8 plug Preferred cables for system connection are XCS 4 and DAU 9S Audio Signals For audio signals the ji
247. r in MADLinda CHAPS DCT3 Charging control ASIC used in KL8 system HW CMT Cellular Mobile Transceiver COBBA DCT3 RF interface and Audio codec IC COBBA GJP control interface version of COBBA used in KL8 system HW CRFU3 UHF RF IC used in KL8 RF HW CSD Card specific Data register in Memory Cards CSP Chip Scale Package CTSI Clocking Timing Sleep amp Interrupt block of MADLinda D A Digital to Analog DAC Digital to Analog Converter DCD Data Carrier Detect DCE Data Communication Equipment DNL Differential non linearity DMA Direct Memory Access DL2 RAE 5 Color UI module DSP Digital Signal Processor DTMF Dual Tone Multi Frequency DTR Data Terminal Ready EAD External Accessory Detect EMC Electromagnetic Compatibility EMI Electromagnetic Interference ESD Electrostatic Discharge FBUS Full Duplex Serial Bus in NOKIA s phones FFS Flash File System GPIO General Purpose Input Output block in MADLinda HAGAR Direct conversion RF ASIC used in KL8 RF HW HF Hands Free HSCSD High Speed Circuits Switched Data Issue 1 04 02 5 Technical Documentation HW IC ICE INL lO IR IrDA JTAG KL8 LCD LEAD LEAD2 LMM MAD MAD2 MAD2PR1 MAD2WD1 MADLinda MBUS MCU MFI MMC MMU MPU ROM RTC SCU SCR SDRAM SIM SIMIF SIR Issue 1 04 02 RAE 5 3 RF System Module KL8 Hardware Integrated Circuit In Circuit Emulator Integral non linearity Input Output Infra
248. racteristics Table 15 Main RF characteristics Values Values DCS1800 Receive frequency range 925 960 MHz 1805 1880 MHz Transmit frequency range 880 915 MHz 1710 1785 MHz Duplex spacing 45 MHz 95 MHz Channel spacing 200 kHz 200 kHz Number of RF channels 174 Number of power levels Transmitter characteristics Table 16 Transmitter characteristics Item Values Values DCS1800 Type Direct conversion dual band nonlinear FDMA TDMA LO frequency range 3520 3660 MHz 3420 3570 MHz Output power 33 dBm 2 0 W peak 30 dBm 1 0 W peak Table 17 Output power requirements E GSM Parameter Unit Notes Max output power Max output power tolerance dB normal cond power level 5 dB extreme Output power tolerance power dB normal levels 6 15 dB extreme cond Output power tolerance power dB normal cond levels 16 19 dB extreme Output power control step size dB Table 18 Output power requirements DCS1800 Parameter Unit Notes Max output power Max output power tolerance dB normal cond power level 0 30dBm dB extreme cond Output power tolerance power dB normal levels 1 8 28 14 dBm dB extreme cond Output power tolerance power dB normal levels 9 13 12 4 dBm 5 dB extre
249. rasing area starts 0x01000000 Flash 1 2D352 erasing area stops 0x017FFFFF Figure 7 Page 8 16 Issue 1 02 02 5 RAE 5 Technical Documentation 8 Troubleshooting 2 1 4 Flash Erasing Programming Error FLASH programming does not work YES If the fault information from the prommer is a The erasing status response from the Phone informs about failure The Prommer copeies the contents of the response of the Phone into the preceeding FIASCO_GENERAL_INFO_IND message b The Phone has generated a NAK signal during data block transfer c The programming status response from the Phone informs about failure The Prommer copies the contents of the response of the Phone into the preceeding FIASCO GENERAL INFO IND message Wintesla informs which memory address the erasing fails See note which address corresponds which Flash components Erasing Programming fails Change faulty flash D351 or D352 Note Flash 0 D351 erasing area starts 0 00000000 Flash 0 D351 erasing area stops 0x007FFFFF Flash 1 2D352 erasing area starts 0x01000000 Flash 1 D352 erasing area stops 0x017FFFFF Figure 8 Issue 1 02 02 Page 8 17 RAE 5 8 Troubleshooting General Power Checking PAMS Technical Documentation 2 2 Use
250. red Infrared Data Association Joint Test Action Group commonly used as a synonym for boundary scan IEEE 1149 1 testing RAE 5N System RF Module Liquid Crystal Display Low power Enhanced Architecture DSP Digital Signal Processor block of MADLinda LEAD2 MegaModule DSP module in MADLinda MCU ASIC DSP chip MCU ASIC DSP GSM version of MAD A pin reduction version of the MAD2 High Speed Data version of MAD2 by Wireless Data MAD based version of RAE 5 Communicator ASIC 1 half duplex serial bus in NOKIA s phones Micro Controller Unit Modulator and filter interface in MAD2 Memory Card Memory Management Unit Micro Processor Unit in text refers to MADLinda s ARM9 processor Negative Temperature Coefficient resistor Phone Control Interface Pulse Code Modulation Pin Configuration Register in MADLinda Personal Digital Assistant Personal Hands Free Phase Locked Loop Permanent Memory Management block Plato UI Post Programmable Memory PIO USART and PWM block of MADLinda Printed Wiring Board Pulse Width Modulation Research and development Random Access Memory Radio Frequency HF Interface Read Only Memory Real Time Clock Synthesizer Control Unit System Configuration Register in MADLinda Synchronous Dynamic RAM Subscriber Identify Module Subscriber Identify Module Interface Serial Infrared speed 115 2kbit s Page3 7 SPI Spock SSR SUMMA SW TAP TVS UART USART Ul VCTCXO VCX
251. res 0 06 33k R093 1430726 Chipres Ow06 1007 R150 1430766 Chipres 0 06 3k9 R151 1430778 Chipres Ow06 10k R152 1430774 Chipres Ow06 6 8 R153 1430840 Chipres Ow06 220k f R154 1430764 Chipres 0 06 3k3 R155 1430877 Chipres Ow06 68k d 50ppm 50PPM R156 1430726 Chipres Ow06 100r R157 1430700 Chipres Ow06 10r R158 1430746 Chipres Ow06 560r R159 1430764 Chipres 0 06 3k3 R160 1430712 Chipres Ow06 277 R161 1430859 Chipres Ow06 150k f 200p 200P R162 1430857 Chipres Ow06 240k f 200p 200P R163 1430764 Chipres Ow06 3k3 R164 1430187 Chipres Ow06 47k f 200pp 200PP R165 1430187 Chipres Ow06 47k f 200pp 200PP R166 1430187 Chipres Ow06 47k f 200pp 200PP R167 1430774 Chipres Ow06 6 8 R168 1430764 Chipres Ow06 3k3 R169 1430700 Chipres Ow06 10r R170 1430840 Chipres Ow06 220k f R171 1430792 Chipres Ow06 33k R172 1430726 Chipres Ow06 100r R173 1430712 Chipres Ow06 277 R174 1430830 Chipres Ow06 1 R175 1430877 Chipres Ow06 68k d 50ppm 50PPM R176 1430764 Chipres Ow06 3k3 R177 1430873 Chipres Ow06 27k f R178 1430798 Chipres Ow06 56k R179 1430187 Chipres Ow06 47k f 200pp 200PP R180 1430187 Chipres Ow06 47k f 200pp 200PP R200 1430770 Chipres Ow06 4k7 R201 1430764 Chipres Ow06 3k3 R202 1430695 Chipres Ow06 6r8 R203 1430764 Chipres Ow06 3k3 R204 1430925 Chipres Ow06 1 61 R205 1430700 Chipres Ow06 10r R206 1430700 Chipres Ow06 10r Page 10 18 Issue 1 02 02 5 RAE 5 Tech
252. rial interface Yes Figure 107 Note RF levels measured with HP85024A RF probe Issue 1 02 02 Page 8 109 RAE 5 PAMS 8 Troubleshooting Technical Documentation 5 1 2 EGSM Signal Path For easy error tracing it is important to know the signal path of the EGSM re ceiver The components can be grouped into blocks and drawn as shown below Figure 108 YMS 5 1 3 5 1 4 Figure 108 RX TX Switch From the internal antenna connector X499 the RF signal is lead to the RX TX switch Z670 via a mechanical switch the antenna connector X450 The RX TX switch is normally routing the signal to the two RX outlets GSM_Rx DCS_Rx If no control voltage is present at VC1 or VC2 the RX TX switch will work as a diplexer and EGSM signals pass to GSM_Rx and PCN signals to DCS_Rx From GSM Rx the EGSM signal is feed to the 151 SAW filter via C614 Front end The EGSM front end consists mainly of two SAW filters 2620 and 2600 and one discrete LNA circuit V904 in between and finally one balun T600 The SAW filters provides out of band blocking immunity the LNA provides front end gain and the balun provides a
253. rommer copies the Phone response contents to the preceeding FIASCO_GENERAL_INFO_IND message b The Prommer measures the VPP voltage level at flashing start If the level is below the limit the Prommer returns the corresponding error code c The programming status response from the Phone informs about fail The Prommer copies the phone response contents to the preceding FIASCO_GENERAL_ INFO_IND message YES The VPP voltage level limit is 3 to 5 per cent below the set VPP voltage level Check that UL8 flex connector is properly connected to Board to board connector on KL8 and KL9 400 pins 15 FLVPP and 16 PROG EN are connected in UL8 flex Check FLVPP voltage level 2 8 V during programming See Memory tests measurement points C368 Note By default tested with known good 018 flex Check voltage from Board to board adapter JC4 connector pin 16 2 8 V Note By default tested with known good 018 flex Check KL8 KL9 NOT OK connector Check that UL8 Flex connector X12 is not broken and flex is OK Note By default tested with known KL8 module X400 Faulty UL8 Flex Faulty MADLinda D300 DSPGenOut2 Wintesla informs which memory address the erasing fails See note which address corresponds which Flash components Erasing programming fails Faulty components D351 or D352 Note Flash 0 2D351 erasing area starts 0x00000000 Flash 0 2D351 erasing area stops 0x007FFFFF Flash 1 2D352 e
254. roubleshooting 360 Acqs Tek 2 50MS s C1 Freq 5 4229kHz2 Min 3 609k Max 526 3k 5 00 V i 460 05 chi 26 07 28 Nov 2000 13 02 08 Figure 81 5 signal Tek 2 50MS s 909 Acqs RONG On 5 here RAN 1 8 V 28 Nov 2000 13 00 42 M 4 0gs Chi Figure 82 VCCY signal Tek 2 50MS s 227 Acqs Freq 5 4136kHz Min 3 276k 17777 1 Max 833 3k i i 1 High 2 74 V Min 20m Max 2 74 Los GENE C1 Low i 1 20 3 E ID Max 260m 1 96 V 28 Nov 2000 13 10 45 Figure 83 FRYS signal Issue 1 02 02 Page 8 93 RAE 5 8 Troubleshooting Page 8 94 PAMS Technical Documentation 1 Freq 5 4185 2 Min 3 613k Max 5 423k High 20 3 V Min 20 1 Max 20 3 13 04 06 Figure 84 VOY signal 18 Acqs Tek 50 0MS s C1 Freq 135 525 2 Min 90 25k Max 135 5k High 2 74 V Min 2 70 Max 2 74 C1 Low 60mv Min 20m Max 60m RiM3 oous Chi 7 1 96 V 28 Nov 2000 13 07 41 Figure 85 DD P2 signal 2762 Acqs Tek 2 50 5 5 4 2 28 Nov 2000 13 32 41 Ma ogs Chi 4 Figure 86 DY signal Issue 1 02 02 RAE 5 PAMS 8 Troubleshooting Technical Documentation Tek 2 50MS s 1786 Acqs E RSTO MOERS AED cre See See ae he Ci Fr
255. rpiece are not located on the KL8 module Signals for speaker and earpiece are passed through the UI connector Only one high sen sitivity microphone will be used for both modes On the KL8 module there are contacts pads P200 P201 where microphone is connected with spring con tacts Analogue to digital conversion ADC of RAE 5 s microphone signals and digital to analogue conversion DAC of received audio signals for speakers are done in COBBA Input and output signal source selection and gain control is performed inside the COBBA GJP according to control messages from MADLinda Audio tones are generated and encoded by MADLinda and trans mitted to COBBA QGJP for decoding PCM coded digital audio data is moved between MADLinda s DSP and COBBA through the PCM bus The audio functions in COBBA are controlled through the serial control interface from MADLinda s SerialMFl block DTMF and keypad tones are routed to ear piece while ringer wav and handsfree audios are routed to handsfree speaker External audio signals XMIC and XEAR come from system connector XMIC is connected to COBBA GJP s MIC1N and MIC3N inputs through DC blocking capacitors Reference for XMIC is SGND XEAR is connected to COB BA GJP s HF output through DC blocking capacitors Reference for XEAR is GND Audio amplifier IC N201 is used to amplify the HF output signal of COB BA for the personal hands free speaker Audio amplifier shut down
256. rvice Tools Technical Documentation Assembly Jig MJS 78 Assembly jig MJS 78 has been developed for assembly and disassembly of RAE 5 Product Code Assembly jig MJS 78 0770432 View of Assembly Jig 6 24 Issue 1 04 02 5 Technical Documentation Soldering Jig MJS 61 MJS 61 is a soldering jig for UBGA components Product Code Soldering jig MJS 61 0770373 Issue 1 04 02 RAE 5 6 Service Tools 6 25 RAE 5 PAMS 6 Service Tools Technical Documentation This page intentionally left blank Page 6 26 Issue 1 04 02 PAMS Technical Documentation RAE 5 Series PDA 7 Service Software Instructions Issue 1 04 02 Copyright 2002 Nokia Corporation All Rights Reserved RAE 5 PAMS 7 Service Software Instructions Technical Documentation AMENDMENT RECORD SHEET Amendment Inserted By Comments Number 04 2002 Page 7 2 Issue 1 04 02 5 RAE 5 Technical Documentation 7 Service Software Instructions CONTENTS Troubleshooting Page No Service 7 5 General 7 5 Hardware requirements for Windows 3 1x 7 5 Hardware requirements for Windows 95 7 5 Software Environment of the Support Modules 7 5 Required Servicing Equipment 7 6 instalation 7 7 Mechanical Connections
257. s SRAM module SF 12 0080346 2 AC DC Adapter FRIWO Included 5 8 sales pack ENS FW7207 6 0680032 3 D9 D9 Cable Included in FPS 8 sales pack REG EAS AXS 4 0730090 4 Printer Cable Included in FPS 8 sales pack 0730029 5 Service Battery BBL 3B 0770206 6 Service Cable SCH 8 0730137 7 Software protection key PKD 1 0750018 8 Service SW diskette 3 5 for Wintesla 0774046 9 Service SW diskette 3 5 for RAE 5 0775293 Page 7 10 Issue 1 04 02 5 RAE 5 Technical Documentation 7 Service Software Instructions Setting up the PC 1 Install dongle drivers from CD ROM d 32bit_Dongle_Driver dk2wn32 exe directory 2 Install WinTesla version version 6 43 or later from CD ROM d wintes la wt_inst exe directory 3 Install the RAE 5 DLL s from CD ROM d dlls v04_X0_00 Disk1 setup exe directory Setting up BUS Configuration for WinTesla Once Wintesla is first time used the Connection from PC to 5 8 has to be configured according to the instructions bellow see Figure 4 Figure 5 1 Start WinTesla software c WinTesla Stesla exe Figure 4 2 Set Bus Configuration for WinTesla according to Figure 2 below Open Bus Configuration window by going Configure Buses Set COM port 1 Hardware Type COMBOX and Media MBUS see Figure 5 BUS Configuration LX Port Hardware None Scanning Priority List Remove COMBOX Cancel Hel
258. s Memory Tests Memory Troubleshooting Serial Interface Troubleshooting CONTACT SERVICE in CMT display CCONT Serial interface Troubleshooting SIM Card Memory Card Lid Switch Battery Removal Switch troubleshooting COBBA Control Interface troubleshooting COBBA POM Interface Troubleshooting Audio troubleshooting HF Interface IR Interface Troubleshooting diagram KL8 related Keyboard problems KL8 related PDA UI problems KL8 related CMT UI problems CMT and keypad illumination problems CMT LCD Troubleshooting No picture on PDA LCD or picture is faulty Backlight troubleshooting DL1 related keyboard problems Issue 1 02 02 5 RAE 5 Technical Documentation 8 Troubleshooting 4 UL8 Flex Related TT 4 1 Audio troubleshooting P 4 2 Display problem Usage 4 3 Battery Removal Switch problem Tv 4 4 UL8 related keyboard problems Nominal Current Consumption The following power consumption values ref Table 1 are measured from a complete RAE 5 Vbattery 3 7 V Measured nominal currents are drawn from the main battery Measurements have been made with a current proble connected to an oscillo scope Table 1 Nominal current consumption in different operating modes CMT OFF CMT ON 2W Call TX5 0 2W Call TX19 Lid closed 2 4 mA 5 6 mA 310 mA 120 mA Voice call Voice call Lid Open 60 mA running 65 mA running 365 mA 170 mA min brightness HF call HF call on PDA display Lid Open
259. s up RX Measurements RX AM Suppression Manual RX Filter Calibration Automatic Figure 28 In the Select Function frame select function AM Suppression Automatic Click Measure A window now pops up Heaturamante Figure 29 Issue 1 04 02 Page 7 31 RAE 5 PAMS 7 Service Software Instructions Technical Documentation Note Always use the latest Wintesla support DLLs Connect an external generator to the antenna connector of the phone and set up the generator Click OK in the Wintesla window the RSSI value is updated in the RX Measure ments window RX Measurements RX AM Suppression Automatic 0 113 4 4 Figure 30 Click Save The AM suppression tuning is now completed PCN Page 7 32 Issue 1 04 02 5 RAE 5 Technical Documentation 7 Service Software Instructions TX Power Tuning This tuning must be done in both bands Note TX Power tuning must be done with a peak power meter e g Rohde amp Schwarz model NRVD with a Rohde amp Schwarz Peak Power Sensor TDMA Model 231 and a suitable attenuator The use of power meter in GSM testers is likely to cause larger error than the use of a dedicated power meter and might cause the phone to be pliant with GSM specifications EGSM tuning Select Product Alt p Band b EGSM e Select Testing Alt e RF Controls r A window now pops up Figure 31 RF Controls
260. sd 925 960 G l signal oap gt RX sign signa 1805 1880 Tegl VCO 3420 PLL VCTCXO Hz 1710 1785 MHz 880 915 MHz gt E Gama TX Figure 11 DC characteristics Regulators RF Frequency plan Transceiver includes a multi function power management IC CCONT which contains among other functions also 7 pcs of 2 8 V regulators All regulators Issue 1 04 02 Page 3 39 RAE 5 PAMS 3 RF System Module KL8 Technical Documentation can be controlled individually with 2 8 V logic directly or through control register The regulator IC is located in the system block of the transceiver Use of the regulators is illustrated in the power distribution diagram Figure 12 VREF_2 from CCONT IC and RXREF from COBBA IC are used as the refer ence voltages for HAGAR RF IC VREF_2 1 5V for bias reference and RXREF 1 2V for RX ADC s reference Control signals This table shows used control signals for different functions and the typical cur rent consumption VBATT 3 7 V All regulators except VXO are switched on and off using the SYNTPWR control signals The TX and RX blocks are switched on and off under HAGAR control These controls are accessed via se rial interface from MADLinda to HAGAR Table 13 Control signals and current consumptions Measurements fo curremts VCXOPWR SYNTHPWR TXP Typical current consumption
261. set Amplitude Difference Cancel g HA 1 100 100 1 Help TX Q DC Offset Phase Difference TTT 100 100 Figure 42 Then the Spectrum Analyzer shows a plot like this Figure 43 HarL 1 TIT ABH BE vw TEH 3 x 30 HA Barro HHT _ ___ tt tet ttt JL 5 T 30 bom hHr mizi Jl hee 2 Figure 43 In the Tx I Q Tuning window use Amplitude Difference and Phase Differ ence to adjust the spurious at 901 93229 MHz Marker 3 to the minimum lev el Issue 1 04 02 Page 7 43 RAE 5 PAMS 7 Service Software Instructions Technical Documentation TX 1 0 Tuning x TX I and Q DC Offset Amplitude and Phase Difference TX LDC Offset Amplitude Difference Cancel E gt 12 5 NE 1 100 100 4 TX Q DC Offset Phase Difference m m 100 100 85 Figure 44 Then the Spectrum Analyzer shows a plot like this Figure 45 d arL 1 TIT ABH BE 5141 Agf Ly 77 0 es Hr 2977 Ini sie 00 HHr 1 i bbe es J wW 4 ____
262. ssue 1 02 02 5 RAE 5 Technical Documentation 8 Troubleshooting Brightness control doesn t work Check BACKPWM signal HIGH or 001 R156 335 Hz square wave C160 V160 PDALEDS voltage gt 14 overvoltage protection limit Change UL1 module Check LED assembly X006 connector NO Change UL1 module Note BACKPWM signal HIGH when maximum brightness level setting Issue 1 02 02 Page 8 101 5 RAE 5 8 Troubleshooting Technical Documentation 3 5 DL1 related keyboard problems Check the 50 connector solderings and general condition 2 Check PDA softkey switches 5250 5251 5260 S261 3i Check keyboard line capacitors C250 C263 14 pieces for shorts and breakages 4 Check the key pads for short circuits or dirt Measure the resistance of each row against all columns and all rows and columns against ground Dis connect the 50 way connector first Result should be 1Mohm for all com binations Page 8 102 Issue 1 02 02 5 RAE 5 Technical Documentation 8 Troubleshooting 4 UL 8 FLEX related 4 1 Audio troubleshooting Handsfree or and Earpiece Audio not working Check soldering of 70 way connector YES Resolder connector Check soldering of AF8 PWB YES Resolder connector Check HF speaker gold pads Replace part Figure 99 AF 8 illustrated below
263. ssue 1 04 02 5 RAE 5 Technical Documentation 3 RF System Module KL8 Battery removal signal BATT_REM signal comes from the battery removal switch SYSCON block Main components in system connector block include System connector X450 pads for system connector s spring contacts Coaxial connector for antenna cable X499 ESD protection zener array V451 For protecting the communicator against ESD spikes and EMI at the system connector all lines are equipped with TVS and filtering devices located next to the system connector The system connector includes the following group of contacts DC jack for external plug in charger and contacts for desktop charger Contacts for external audios Contacts for serial connections External RF connector with switch Externally the system connector resembles the system connector in N9110 Communicator Figure 8 shows the pads on PWB and Figure 9 shows the con nector Serial connection signals are named in RAE 5 s connector according to DCE type equipment as in 2 This means that DCE_DCD MBUS line are outputs and DCE_TX and DCE_DTR are inputs 8 91011 8 8e 15 12 4 567 Figure 8 Pads for system connector on top side of KL8 Issue 1 04 02 Page 3 33 RAE 5 PAMS 3 RF System Module KL8 Technical Documentation Spring contacts to PWB L_GND DC_jack CHRG_CTRL External RF
264. stribution diagram 3 42 HF characteristics 3 43 Transmitter 3 43 Receiver characteristics 3 44 Functional descriptions 3 45 HE BlockdiagramMs 32a uda am 3 45 Frequency synthesizer 3 47 Receiver 3 47 Transmitter 1 2 22 dae aa aca anta Y X n dac hae 3 47 AGC strategy 3 48 Rec dor 3 48 Antenna switch 3 49 SWITCH SW_1 SW_2 3 49 3 49 RX FILTERS 3 49 Receiver DIGCKS 3 50 RX EGSM900 DCS1800 DUALBAND SAW FILTER 3 50 EGSM Pre amplifier LNA 3 50 DCS1800 Pre amplifier LNA 3 51 GSM PCN IC Hagar RX part 51 Transmitter blockS 3 51 and IC 3 51 TX saw filter 3 52 Pcr T T PTT 3 52 TX buffer and 3 53 Dual band power amplifier
265. sure the short circuit with oscilloscope Signal rise and fall times between 80 to 120 ns constant activity Repeat for each ROW COL pair Cycle the power retry If no activity or rise fall times our of range check CSP filters Z401 to Z404 Connect Flex and UI module to the jig Switch the power on wait for reboot Push the faulty key check the column signhl Signal rise fall time 120 to 200 ns 1 Check replace CSP filters Z401 to Z404 Figure 63 Table 1 Keyboard matrix keys on UL2 module highlighted English keymat 90 Col Cols Col9 cmt cmt cmt pda pda Space lt gt 2 Shift Row2 cmt3 Chr N M Profile Power Row3 cmt 4 cmt5 cmt6 cmt Menu Up Right Down Row4 cmt 7 8 cmt9 0 27 4 Back Enter space Row5 ESC App1 App2 Apps app4 App6 7 Apps J 6 Ctrl V X 5 7 1 2 3 4 5 7 8 9 0 P Row8 Tab Q W E R T Y U O Row9 Caps A 5 D G H J K L Issue 1 02 02 Page 8 77 RAE 5 PAMS 8 Troubleshooting Technical Documentation Table 2 Keyboard line filters Page 8 78 Issue 1 02 02 5 RAE 5 Technical Documentation 8 Troubleshooting 2 23 KL8 related PDA UI problems Problem with BL8 Put BL8 module in test jig connect adapter JC4 DO NOT connec
266. swing phase TX baseband sig nal for the TX modu DC level lator Differential offset voltage corrected Diff offset voltage temp dependence Output im pedance MADLinda Output high Transmitter power con 717 trol enable Output low p Output Cur rent COBBA GJP HAGAR Voltage Min Transmitter power level trol voltage Voltage Max level Output im pedance active state Output im pedance power down state External re sistance External ca pacitance Settling time Issue 1 04 02 Page 3 23 RAE 5 PAMS 3 RF System Module KL8 Technical Documentation Functional Description Modes of Operation There are three main operation modes in the system when power is on Running Idle Deep Sleep Note that phone can be either on or off in each of power on states Power OFF Too low Battery voltage Battery high enough voltage Reset or Power Up Battery removed Idle Running Deep Sleep VCXO ON VCXO ON VCXO OFF No tasks to run Deep Sleep conditions met Figure 3 Basic Operation Modes of RAE 5 simplified scheme Power saving modes are entered under SW control Returning to running mode is activated by interrupt generated internally by MADLinda or from Clocking Scheme The 26MHz main clock frequency is generated by the VCTCXO located in the RF section This clock is divide in HAGAR to 13MHz Clo
267. t the Ul module or Flex yet DO NOT switch power on Check the resistances of display signals to the GND 1 Resistance 1 MOhm YES NO Check replace CSP filters 2401 to 2404 if voltage 1MOhm Connect the Flex and the UI module Turn the power on Check LCDDAO to LCDDA11 signals at JC4 pin header Pins nos 5 7 19 20 22 23 24 26 36 37 38 39 Constant activity signal as in Fig 73 YES NO Check replace CSP filters Z401 to Z404 if voltage 0 Check DispClk signal at pin 2 use a min 1MOhm probe Signal as in Fig 77 Check replace Check LLCLK signal at pin 40 Signal as in Fig 78 YES Check FSP signal at pin 4 lt gt Signal as Fig 79 Check BackPWM signal at pin 31 i in Fi 2 Signal AS nig 807 D300 or PWB faulty Check LCDPWM signal at pin 10 Signal as in Fig 81 Figure 64 Issue 1 02 02 Page 8 79 RAE 5 PAMS 8 Troubleshooting Technical Documentation Tek 1 00GS s 13 Acqs E C1 High 2 80 V C1 Low 80 C1 Rise 64 2ns C1 Fall 54 2ns 500 M 56 05 Chi J 1 11 Dec 2000 13 15 46 Figure 65 LCDDAO LCDDAt11 signals on the pin header on JC4 The pins are 5 7 19 20 22 24 26 36 39 Tek 1 00GS s 50 Acqs enn C1 High 1 84 V Low 160 Rise 26 8ns Fall 45 6ns chi 56 05 CH
268. tation Energy Management EM Calibration Equipment Setup for Energy Management calibration NOTE EM values can not be tuned in module jig MJS 14 Figure 54 Tuning set up 2 Item Service accessory Type Product code 1 Dummy Service Battery BBL 3B 0770206 2 DC Cable SCB 3 0730114 3 Service MBUS Cable DAU 9C 0730138 4 Calibration unit JBE 2 0775290 5 Software protection key PKD 1 0750018 6 Service SW diskette 3 5 for Wintesla 0774046 7 Service SW CD for RAE 5 0775291 Page 7 50 Issue 1 04 02 5 RAE 5 Technical Documentation 7 Service Software Instructions Energy Management Calibration procedure NOTE This can not be done in module jig MJS 14 EM calibration is possible only when phone is completely assembled Connect DAU 9C cable and BBL 3B battery to the Communicator Connect BBL 3B to the calibration unit JBE 2 and DC cable SCB 3 between phone and calibration unit Connect JBE 2 to laboratory power supply which is adjusted to 8 0V Start Wintesla service SW Select Tuning gt Energy Management Calibration Run calibrations separately or all at once as described in the following list Connect 10 5V to the calibration unit JBE 2 as prompted by service SW Select calibrations Select 1 Run Battery amp charger default values checkbox Select 2 Battery voltage checkbox Select 3 Charger voltage checkbox Select 4 Battery size check
269. tched on roughly 280 us before the burst begins DSP measures the received signal lev el and adjusts the AGC amplifiers via serial bus from MADLinda AFC function AFC is used to lock the transceiver s clock to frequency of the base station AFC voltage is generated in COBBA with 11 bit D A converter Settling time requirement for the RC network comes from signalling how often PSW pure sine wave slots occur They are repeated every 10 frames meaning that there is PSW in every 46 ms AFC tracks the base station frequency continously so transceiver has a stable frequency because there are no rapid changes in VCTCXO output changes due to temperature and other effects are relatively slow Page 3 48 Issue 1 04 02 5 RAE 5 Technical Documentation 3 RF System Module KL8 Antenna switch SWITCH SW_1 SW_2 Table 20 Electrical specification Parameter Terminating impedance VSWR Permissible input power Control voltage HI L Control current TX mode RX mode TX FILTERS Table 21 TX 1 to ANT Electrical specifications Sd in e 50 Terminating impedance ohm OO Table 22 TX_2 to ANT Electrical specifications Passband 1710 1785 MHz Terminating impedance VSWR TX 2 and ANT 1710 1785 MHz 1 8 RX FILTERS Table 23 ANT to RX 1 Electrical specifications Max Unit Pass
270. tem logic and RF board via the hinge It has all active signals for the DL2 module and supply pins It is connected to the 50 board to board connector X1 DL2 has coaxial cable connector for antenna cable This co axial cable goes through the hinge to the KL8 RF part Connections X1 connector pinout PIN Line Sym Parameter in Active Function Pins bol level LCDPWR PDA LCD Volt Inactive Input High ages switch Active level turns on supply to display Issue 1 04 02 4 7 RAE 5 PAMS 4 User Interfaces Technical Documentation Line Sym Parameter in Function bol Serial Clock for CMT display Serial Data for CMT display Row5LCDC CMT display con Control Input Low trol data Data level se lects com mand regis ter LCDEN CMT display en Active Input Low able Inactive level en ables writ ing to the display LCDRSTX display reset Active Input Low Inactive level resets the display KBLIGHTS keypad and 0 Active Input High display backlight 0 7 Inactive level turns control lights on 22 LCDDaO PDA display data 0 1 58V 2 0 LCDDa1 PDA display data 1 58V LCDDa2 PDA display data Page4 8 Issue 1 04 02 5 RAE 5 Technical Documentation 4 User Interfaces Line Sym Parameter in i Function bol LCDDa11 PDA display data DISPClk PDA display Pixel clock
271. the earpiece and its gasket from the audio holder assembly Figure 14 Remove the battery latch from the audio holder assembly Page 11 10 Issue 1 04 02 5 RAE 5 Technical Documentation 11 Disassembly and Service Instructions Figure 15 Remove the extension of the QWERTY flex from the audio holder assembly Figure 16 Remove the audio holder assembly from the chassis assembly Issue 1 04 02 Page 11 11 PAMS 11 Disassembly and Service Instructions Technical Documentation Figure 17 Remove the backup battery from BL8 Figure 18 Remove the coaxial cable from BL8 Page 11 12 Issue 1 04 02 5 RAE 5 Technical Documentation 11 Disassembly and Service Instructions Figure 19 Remove the BL8 from Chassis assembly Figure 20 Remove the chassis assembly and the Qwerty flex UL8 from the frame Issue 1 04 02 Page 11 13 RAE 5 PAMS 11 Disassembly and Service Instructions Technical Documentation Figure 22 Frame assembly Page 11 14 Issue 1 04 02 5 RAE 5 Technical Documentation 11 Disassembly and Service Instructions Test Points of KL8 module e bj aog Ocal Coo 00 0 2000 8 L Un CI e 00 0 ow C0 ee Figure 23 test points bottom Table 1 System HW test points KL8_05 Test point Signal J301 ExtSysResetX J302 VCXOPWR J304 J3
272. the signals should look like Issue 1 02 02 Page 8 39 RAE 5 PAMS 8 Troubleshooting Technical Documentation Tek Single Seq 25 0MS s b M P FLCSOX J338 FLOEX J341 FLWEX J342 14 38 09 Figure 27 Flash 0 D351 manufacturer and device id read Tek 100 5 5 81 Acqs FLAd5 J350 FLDa7 4351 T36V 18 Jan 2001 14 18 35 Figure 28 the Flash address and databus signals 2 9 6 DiskOnChip id read test fails Refer to previous chapter DiskOnChip fault 2 9 4 Page 8 40 Issue 1 02 02 5 RAE 5 Technical Documentation 8 Troubleshooting 2 10 Serial Interface Troubleshooting Serial Interface problem 1 Check Serial connector X450 spring contacts YES Flashing NO 2 Check and replace ESD protection device V451 3 Check DCE_Tx AccRxData comp R452 C458 R300 4 Check DCE_Rx AccTxData comp R453 C457 R307 5 Check DCE_DCD MBus comp R450 C453 R309 Activate WinTesla observe ADC readings Check that DTR Detection state changes by pressing NO VOLTAGE switch in the service jig Serial I O OK Flashing YES NO successful Check DCE_DTR line YES comp R454 C459 V489 R310 Refer to Accessory power output troubleshooting OK Faulty MAD N300 or PWB fault Figure 29 NOTE1 Ensure that the customer s DLR 2L 15 OK NOTE2 Wintesla ADC readings for DTR Detection state
273. thesizer Hagar Check EGSM SAW filter Check Diplex filter 2671 Page 8 117 RAE 5 PAMS 8 Troubleshooting Technical Documentation EGSM TX troubleshooting continued Check Spectrum analyzer V801 PA buffer PA N702 pin 8 pwr gt 1dBm 902MHz R753 3dB att Use WinTesla to select TX Data Type Random TX power Level 15 YES 702 Spectrum analyzer Check Power Control Loop 702 4 Power 21 dBm 897 6 MHz YES Spectrum analyzer 1502 Directional coupler L553 Pout 8dBm 902 MHz RX TX switch 2670 YES GSM TX OK Figure 115 Page 8 118 Issue 1 02 02 5 Technical Documentatio 5 4 PCN Transmitter n 8 Troubleshooting General troubleshooting instructions for PCN TX RAE 5 Apply a RF cable to the RF connector to allow the transmitted signal to act as normal RF cable should be connected to measurement equipment or to at least a 10 dB attenuator otherwise the may be damaged Start Wintesla Service Software and Select Product Alt p Band b PCN Select Testing Alt e RF Controls r TX Power Level BASE Alt x b TX Continuos Alt c TX Data Type Random Alt d r Channel 700 Alt n 700 App
274. ting diagram Figure 41 next page Page 8 56 Issue 1 02 02 5 RAE 5 Technical Documentation 8 Troubleshooting Open Wintesla Lid Select Testing ADC Readings switch trouble Turn the phone power on shooting Open the lid Wintesla Lid O OK Place magnet above the TAB key detection note pole toward the key state then 1 wait Refresh from Wintesla ASSEMBLED DEVICE DEVICE IN JIG Check V301 C322 Wintesla Lid Closed OK Lid switch Saar reading OK N301 Check replace magnet in the lid pin 1 Hall supply volt 2 8V Check Hall supply volt level at V301 pin 1 d OK Check Out V301 put toggle solders R302 of V301 pin 3 If OK low state replace V301 0 3V 2 Use serv jig magnet Out put toggle of V301 pin 3 high or Faulty PWB circuit inC323 R302 high voltage level 2 8V at both ends on Check trace between Replace V301 pin3 and R302 Figure 41 Issue 1 02 02 Page 8 57 RAE 5 PAMS 8 Troubleshooting Technical Documentation 2 16 Battery Removal Switch troubleshooting NOTE1 Switch itself is not possible to test in service jig NOTE2 Switch FREE position Wintesla ADC readings Battery Removal Switch is in state gt _ line 2 8V Switch CONNECTED position Wintesla ADC readings Battery Remo
275. tion The calibration is used to determine gain at different gain settings for front end and Hagar and needs to be done in both bands but the calibration only have to be started once it will automatically proceed to the PCN band after EGSM Select Tuning Alt t RX Calibration r Calibration AN Set HF generator to high reference Frequencu 947 06771MHz Level 55 000000 dE Note attenuations i Cancel Figure 17 Note Always use the latest Wintesla support DLLs Connect an external generator to the phones RF connector and set the genera tor as the window tells you Click OK in the Wintesla window now a new window pops up Change the level on the generator as the window tells you Click OK in the Wintesla window now a new window pops up Calibration Set HF generator to low reference Frequency 947 06771 MHz Level 86 00000 Note attenuations i Cancel Figure 18 Page 7 24 Issue 1 04 02 5 RAE 5 Technical Documentation 7 Service Software Instructions RX Calibration Figure 19 Difference between the gain steps should be 10dB 1dB Change the level and frequency on the generator as the window tells you Click OK in the Wintesla window now a new window pops up Calibration Figure 20 Change the level and frequency on the generator as the window tells you Click OK in the Wintesla window now a new window pops up Issue 1 04 02 Page
276. ttery pull down value Page 3 14 Issue 1 04 02 5 Technical Documentation RAE 5 3 RF System Module KL8 Table 4 Battery Connector X100 Electrical Specifications continued Pm Name Mn Typ Me Unt Noes Battery temperature indication Phone has 100k 5 pull up resistor Battery package has NTC pull down resistor 25C 47k 5 B 4050 3 3 BTEMP 0 1 4 0 1 Fast power up in production BGND 5 o V Battery ground connected directly to system HW GND Backup battery connector Table 5 Backup battery connector X102 x pus wp cms ge Backup battery voltage from CHAPS Ibackup 100uA 2 VBACK 1 8 3 3 V Backup battery voltage to CCONT VBACK OUT not specified in CCONT spec VBACKIN and VBACKOUT are connected together in back up battery s positive terminal Table 6 Microphone contacts Pad P200 Pad P201 MICP MICN differential voltage range SIM card connector MICP MICN biasing output level Only Plug in SIM small SIM cards are supported Table 7 SIM Connector X101 Electrical Specifications Parameter Supply Voltage Supply Voltage SIM DATA Vout HIGH Vout HIGH Vout LOW Trise Tfall Series Resistance SIMRST Vout HIGH Vout HIGH Vout LOW Trise Tfall Series Resistance Issue 1 04 02 Max Unit Notes Ground 5 2 5V SIM Card 3 2 3V SIM Card 5V SIM Card 3V SIM Card 3V 5V SIM Card 3V 5V SIM Card
277. upply voltage Vcc is 2 8V and it is supplied from the common VBB voltage SDRAM supports self refresh mode This mode is used in Deep Sleep mode when all clocks are off to preserve SDRAM data All memory contents are lost when memory is un powered so when the battery is removed or the battery voltage drops under the power off voltage DOC memory DiscOnChip memory is used as Flash file system memory It is used partly as user memory and partly to hold applications The DOC device comprises 128Mbit NAND type flash memory array and memory controller inside Used DOC memory is a16MByte Mobile DiscOnChip device in 63 ball LFRBGA Core voltage for the DOC is supplied from 2 8V VBB and I O voltage from 1 8V Vcore Issue 1 04 02 Page 3 31 RAE 5 PAMS 3 RF System Module KL8 Technical Documentation MMC block Main components in MMC block are MMC connector X001 ESD protection zener array 001 MMC mode type serial interface to Memory Card is controlled by the MMC in terface block in MADLinda The MMC interface includes two serial lines com mand and data and one clock line that is used to clock serial transfers in both lines Used clock frequency is 13MHz SPI mode Memory Cards are not supported in RAE 5 Memory Card is powered with 3 0V supply using controllable regulator Mechanical switch is used to indicate when the lid covering the Memory Card and SIM is opened Switch is integrated to RAE 5 B cover mechan
278. ur egy ET 15 40 42 Figure 19 26 MHz sine wave Issue 1 02 02 8 29 RAE 5 PAMS 8 Troubleshooting Technical Documentation 2 8 KL8 KL9Memory Tests 2 8 1 Test in boot up FLASH 0 D351 and 1 D352 manufacturer and device id are read from each of the flashes then compared to value stored in FLASH 0 id read program code is executed from API RAM If FLASH 0 is broken the phone will not boot up properly user test code sides in FLASH 0 i e probably not even blink CMT backlights If one or more flash manufacturer and device id read fail CMT display back lights will blink 2 times in a loop SDRAM D350 Data bus test Test will detect if lines are stuck at high low state Test will detect any bridging faults Address bus test data is written to certain addresses read back and verified tested lines address bus data bus SDRRASX SDRCASX SDRWEX and SDRCLK SDRDQMU SDRDQML and SDRCKE functionality is tested only partly If either of these tests fail CMT display backlights will blink times a loop Mobile DiskOnChip 2212 016 or Mobile DiskOnChip Plus MD3112 D16 D353 ld is read and id bits are compared to values 0x30h for and 0 41 for MDOC Plus If the test fails CMT display backlights will blink 5 times in a loop tested lines FLAd 13 1 FLDa 7 0 and FLCSX2 Data is written to certain addresses rea
279. us media cellular phone fax sms e mail and internet Technical Summary The communicator has a full graphic phone display and a user interface based on two soft keys on the front cover The device comprises two user interfaces The conventional cellular phone in terface is on the front cover By opening the device the user can access the graphical user interface to use the Personal Digital Assistant Figure 1 5 CMT Interface The RAE 5 has a clamshell structure The PDA display and full QWERTY key board are visible when the device is opened The PDA user interface has a full graphic 640 x 200 colour 4096 colours display The phone employs a fixed stripline antenna The bottom system connector incorporates a RF connector for car kit antenna connection Page2 4 Issue 1 04 02 5 RAE 5 Technical Documentation 2 General Information Figure 2 RAE 5 PDA Interface The communicator has a leakage tolerant earpiece and omnidirectional micro phone providing excellent audio quality Full rate enhanced full rate and half rate speech decoding is supported High quality personal hands free functional ity is also provided An integrated IrDA link is provided for data transfer between two RAE 5 com municators or between the communicator and a PC or printer RS232 connec tion can also be used between communicator and PC A Memory Card slot is located inside the communicator This card can be used to extend
280. v C114 2320538 Chipcap npO 12 50v C115 2320550 Chipcap npO 39p 50v C116 2320538 Chipcap npO 12 50v C117 2320538 Chipcap npO 12 50v C118 2320550 Chipcap npO 39p 50v C119 2320550 Chipcap npO 39p 50v C120 2320544 Chipcap npO 22 50v C121 2320544 Chipcap npO 22 50v C122 2320604 Chipcap npO 18p 50v C123 2320546 Chipcap 27p 50v C124 2320550 Chipcap 0 39p 50 C125 2320540 Chipcap 0 15 50v C126 2320604 Chipcap 18 50v C127 2320544 Chipcap 22 50v C128 2320554 Chipcap 0 56p 50 129 2320550 Chipcap 39 50v 130 2320550 Chipcap 39p 50v C131 2320550 Chipcap 0 39p 50 133 2320538 Chipcap 12 50 Page 10 20 Issue 1 02 02 5 Technical Documentation C150 C151 C152 C153 C154 C155 C156 C157 C158 C159 C160 C161 C162 C163 C164 C166 C167 C168 C169 C170 C171 C172 C173 C174 C175 C176 C200 C250 C251 C252 C253 C254 C255 C256 C257 C258 C259 C260 C261 C262 C263 L050 L051 L150 L151 V001 V050 V051 2320552 2320805 2320552 2320481 2320778 2320481 2320805 2320481 2320805 2320560 2320805 2320805 2320550 2320550 2320552 2320550 2320805 2611745 2320560 2320778 2320560 2320534 2320584 2320805 2320805 2320550 2320550 2320560 2320560 2320560 2320560 2320560 2320560 2320560 2320560 2320560 2320560 2320550 2320550 2320550 2320550 3640495 3203747 3203705 3640091 42113
281. val Switch is in state 1 gt REM line Battery removal switch latch spring gets connected when battery latch is pressed during battery release Refer to the diagram Figure 42 next page Page 8 58 Issue 1 02 02 RAE 5 8 Troubleshooting PAMS Technical Documentation Battery removal switch problem YES Open WinTesla Testing gt PDC readings Latch position Battery YES removal switch state 0 2 NO Keep latch in opposite position wait updated values from WinTesla Short circuit in switch lines BATT_REM Check 7401 State Reading NO 1 though latch position changes to YES FREE NO 2 5 Check B to B adapter Battery removal JC4 pin 42 BATT_REM switch line OK NO Eo YES Voltage D300 high 5280 MAD 1 Check latch spring and AF8 pads 2 Check B to B connector X400 of UL8 and flex FL1 3 Check filter 7401 BATT_REM line Figure 42 Issue 1 02 02 Page 8 59 RAE 5 PAMS 8 Troubleshooting Technical Documentation 2 17 COBBA Control Interface troubleshooting NOTE If there are problems COBBA serial interface self tests fail and there is Contact service shown on the display Wintesla shows fails at Cobba paral lel Check COBBACLK line at J322 Square wave Freq 13MHz Signal rising falling edge 3 to 5 ns Signal duty cycle about 50per cent
282. ware running in MADLinda s MPU measures the battery voltage size current and tempera ture In Standard charger concept 2 charger the power management circuitry controls the charging current delivered from the charger to the main battery The charging current switch inside CHAPS is controlled with 1Hz PWM signal generated by CCONT Note that Standard charger is not sold with RAE 5 but it is accepted In performance charging concept 3 wire charger a 32Hz PWM signal is fed to the charger CHRG_CTRL in system connector This high rate keeps the charging current switch in CHAPS continuously connected Issue 1 04 02 Page 3 27 RAE 5 PAMS 3 RF System Module KL8 Technical Documentation The PWM pulse width is controlled by the MPU in MADLinda which sends a control value to CCONT through a serial control data bus The main battery voltage rise is limited to a specified level by turning the switch off Lower limit 4 8V in CHAPS is permanently selected because only lithium batteries are supported Charging current is monitored by measuring the voltage drop across a sensor resistor CHAPS IC BATTERY CONTROL PACK supply out SWITCH 4 2V Li lon Wake Up Charge Voltage protect Icharge in CHARGE CHARGE CONTROL CONTROL BATTERY SENSING PWM PWM 2 wire Voltage concept concept Size type Temperature CCONT IC Connect disconnect
283. with switch Guiding and locking holes w Figure 9 System Connector Serial connections Serial interface signals are MBUS DCE_DCD MBUS DCE_RX AccTxData DCE_TX AccRxData and DCE_DTR DTR First name is the contact name in the system connector and in square brackets is given the signal name used in schematics Note that all these signals are logic level signals thus interface buffering level sifting according some serial interface standards is done outside 5 MBUS is normally connected to PUP USART When USART is selected to be connected to transmit and receive lines FBUS use MBUS is not usable as a serial signal In synchronous mode MBUS is used as USART s clock input Synchronous mode is used in Flashing DTR handshaking input is connected to MPUGenlOO Accessory power output VACC is also fed through the DCE_DTR pin Diode V489 prevents cable s sig nal output to supply power to KL8 when main battery is not connected and ac cessory power regulator to supply 3V directly to MADLinda s input Pullup R310 is thus needed to generate the high level state of DCE_DTR input to MPUGe nlOO External Audio Interface External audio signals and XEAR come from AUDIO block see p 38 An external headset accessory car kit or loop set can be connected to the external audio lines External audio lines are also used to detect different accessories Charger Interface Charger voltage input lin
284. wrong writting to HAGAR SCLK SDATA SLE HAGARRESET VSYN_2 2 7V VCHP C783 4 7V Yes Oscilloscope VCO Power Supply G800Vcc 2 7 V Yes No Check CCONT Figure 119 Spectrum Analyzer VCO output G800 out Some signal between 3 and 4 GHz No VCO is dead It is important to say that power supply for VXO is OFF only in Deep Sleep Mode and power supply for VCO G800 Vcc is OFF in Sleep Mode Issue 1 02 02 Page 8 123 RAE 5 8 Troubleshooting PAMS Technical Documentation If the phone goes dead very short time after the power is turned ON possible reason for this might be that 13 MHz system clock signal is not coming to the BB Use the following chart to find the problem Oscilloscope Turn the phone ON and measure power supply fo r the VCTCX G800 Vcc 2 7 V Yes No Check CCONT phone is dead 8 124 Oscilloscope Measure the output signal of the G830 out appx 0 8 Vpp 26 MHz Yes No VCTCXO is dead Oscilloscope 13 MHz buffer input approx 0 3 Vpp Yes No Check HAGAR divider by 2 in HAGAR not in function not enabled Reason is something else Software battery etc Oscilloscope 13 MHz buffer output approx 0 4 Vpp

RAE-5 CELLULAR PHONE/ PERSONAL DIGITAL ASSISTANT

Contents

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents